ETH Price: $2,518.86 (-0.85%)

Transaction Decoder

Block:
18162470 at Sep-18-2023 11:15:47 AM +UTC
Transaction Fee:
0.001405456 ETH $3.54
Gas Used:
175,682 Gas / 8 Gwei

Emitted Events:

266 TransparentUpgradeableProxy.0xddf252ad1be2c89b69c2b068fc378daa952ba7f163c4a11628f55a4df523b3ef( 0xddf252ad1be2c89b69c2b068fc378daa952ba7f163c4a11628f55a4df523b3ef, 0x000000000000000000000000ae23993593bbb0dee9a99da0bd8fd885ffd9deb0, 0x0000000000000000000000007c04d512359d5bfd02b887cb9c0963bbe858a09b, 0x00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000014b4 )
267 ArtParty.Approval( owner=[Sender] 0xae23993593bbb0dee9a99da0bd8fd885ffd9deb0, approved=0x00000000...000000000, tokenId=490 )
268 ArtParty.Transfer( from=[Sender] 0xae23993593bbb0dee9a99da0bd8fd885ffd9deb0, to=0x7c04D512...BE858A09B, tokenId=490 )
269 ATARI50.Transfer( from=[Sender] 0xae23993593bbb0dee9a99da0bd8fd885ffd9deb0, to=0x7c04D512...BE858A09B, tokenId=1238 )

Account State Difference:

  Address   Before After State Difference Code
0x3Cf69C6e...6646F66a1
0x9231f133...Ed91B4f62
(beaverbuild)
18.705335541252651253 Eth18.705342938622068587 Eth0.000007397369417334
0xa9BA1A43...2717197e7
0xAE239935...5ffD9DEB0
0.004497992015384661 Eth
Nonce: 399
0.003092536015384661 Eth
Nonce: 400
0.001405456

Execution Trace

TransferHelper.bulkTransfer( items=, conduitKey=0000007B02230091A7ED01230072F7006A004D60A8D4E71D599B8104250F0000 ) => ( items=, conduitKey= )
  • Conduit.execute( transfers= ) => ( transfers= )
    • TransparentUpgradeableProxy.23b872dd( )
      • GangsterAllStarEvolutionV2_1.transferFrom( from_=0xAE23993593bBb0deE9a99dA0bD8fd885ffD9DEB0, to_=0x7c04D512359d5bfd02b887cb9C0963BBE858A09B, tokenId_=5300 )
      • ArtParty.transferFrom( from=0xAE23993593bBb0deE9a99dA0bD8fd885ffD9DEB0, to=0x7c04D512359d5bfd02b887cb9C0963BBE858A09B, tokenId=490 )
      • ATARI50.transferFrom( from=0xAE23993593bBb0deE9a99dA0bD8fd885ffD9DEB0, to=0x7c04D512359d5bfd02b887cb9C0963BBE858A09B, tokenId=1238 )
        bulkTransfer[TransferHelper (ln:57)]
        File 1 of 6: TransferHelper
        // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
        pragma solidity ^0.8.7;
        import { IERC721Receiver } from "../interfaces/IERC721Receiver.sol";
        import "./TransferHelperStructs.sol";
        import { ConduitInterface } from "../interfaces/ConduitInterface.sol";
        import {
            ConduitControllerInterface
        } from "../interfaces/ConduitControllerInterface.sol";
        import { Conduit } from "../conduit/Conduit.sol";
        import { ConduitTransfer } from "../conduit/lib/ConduitStructs.sol";
        import {
            TransferHelperInterface
        } from "../interfaces/TransferHelperInterface.sol";
        import { TransferHelperErrors } from "../interfaces/TransferHelperErrors.sol";
        /**
         * @title TransferHelper
         * @author stephankmin, stuckinaboot, ryanio
         * @notice TransferHelper is a utility contract for transferring
         *         ERC20/ERC721/ERC1155 items in bulk to specific recipients.
         */
        contract TransferHelper is TransferHelperInterface, TransferHelperErrors {
            // Allow for interaction with the conduit controller.
            ConduitControllerInterface internal immutable _CONDUIT_CONTROLLER;
            // Set conduit creation code and runtime code hashes as immutable arguments.
            bytes32 internal immutable _CONDUIT_CREATION_CODE_HASH;
            bytes32 internal immutable _CONDUIT_RUNTIME_CODE_HASH;
            /**
             * @dev Set the supplied conduit controller and retrieve its
             *      conduit creation code hash.
             *
             *
             * @param conduitController A contract that deploys conduits, or proxies
             *                          that may optionally be used to transfer approved
             *                          ERC20/721/1155 tokens.
             */
            constructor(address conduitController) {
                // Get the conduit creation code and runtime code hashes from the
                // supplied conduit controller and set them as an immutable.
                ConduitControllerInterface controller = ConduitControllerInterface(
                    conduitController
                );
                (_CONDUIT_CREATION_CODE_HASH, _CONDUIT_RUNTIME_CODE_HASH) = controller
                    .getConduitCodeHashes();
                // Set the supplied conduit controller as an immutable.
                _CONDUIT_CONTROLLER = controller;
            }
            /**
             * @notice Transfer multiple ERC20/ERC721/ERC1155 items to
             *         specified recipients.
             *
             * @param items      The items to transfer to an intended recipient.
             * @param conduitKey An optional conduit key referring to a conduit through
             *                   which the bulk transfer should occur.
             *
             * @return magicValue A value indicating that the transfers were successful.
             */
            function bulkTransfer(
                TransferHelperItemsWithRecipient[] calldata items,
                bytes32 conduitKey
            ) external override returns (bytes4 magicValue) {
                // Ensure that a conduit key has been supplied.
                if (conduitKey == bytes32(0)) {
                    revert InvalidConduit(conduitKey, address(0));
                }
                // Use conduit derived from supplied conduit key to perform transfers.
                _performTransfersWithConduit(items, conduitKey);
                // Return a magic value indicating that the transfers were performed.
                magicValue = this.bulkTransfer.selector;
            }
            /**
             * @notice Perform multiple transfers to specified recipients via the
             *         conduit derived from the provided conduit key.
             *
             * @param transfers  The items to transfer.
             * @param conduitKey The conduit key referring to the conduit through
             *                   which the bulk transfer should occur.
             */
            function _performTransfersWithConduit(
                TransferHelperItemsWithRecipient[] calldata transfers,
                bytes32 conduitKey
            ) internal {
                // Retrieve total number of transfers and place on stack.
                uint256 numTransfers = transfers.length;
                // Derive the conduit address from the deployer, conduit key
                // and creation code hash.
                address conduit = address(
                    uint160(
                        uint256(
                            keccak256(
                                abi.encodePacked(
                                    bytes1(0xff),
                                    address(_CONDUIT_CONTROLLER),
                                    conduitKey,
                                    _CONDUIT_CREATION_CODE_HASH
                                )
                            )
                        )
                    )
                );
                // Declare a variable to store the sum of all items across transfers.
                uint256 sumOfItemsAcrossAllTransfers;
                // Skip overflow checks: all for loops are indexed starting at zero.
                unchecked {
                    // Iterate over each transfer.
                    for (uint256 i = 0; i < numTransfers; ++i) {
                        // Retrieve the transfer in question.
                        TransferHelperItemsWithRecipient calldata transfer = transfers[
                            i
                        ];
                        // Increment totalItems by the number of items in the transfer.
                        sumOfItemsAcrossAllTransfers += transfer.items.length;
                    }
                }
                // Declare a new array in memory with length totalItems to populate with
                // each conduit transfer.
                ConduitTransfer[] memory conduitTransfers = new ConduitTransfer[](
                    sumOfItemsAcrossAllTransfers
                );
                // Declare an index for storing ConduitTransfers in conduitTransfers.
                uint256 itemIndex;
                // Skip overflow checks: all for loops are indexed starting at zero.
                unchecked {
                    // Iterate over each transfer.
                    for (uint256 i = 0; i < numTransfers; ++i) {
                        // Retrieve the transfer in question.
                        TransferHelperItemsWithRecipient calldata transfer = transfers[
                            i
                        ];
                        // Retrieve the items of the transfer in question.
                        TransferHelperItem[] calldata transferItems = transfer.items;
                        // Ensure recipient is not the zero address.
                        _checkRecipientIsNotZeroAddress(transfer.recipient);
                        // Create a boolean indicating whether validateERC721Receiver
                        // is true and recipient is a contract.
                        bool callERC721Receiver = transfer.validateERC721Receiver &&
                            transfer.recipient.code.length != 0;
                        // Retrieve the total number of items in the transfer and
                        // place on stack.
                        uint256 numItemsInTransfer = transferItems.length;
                        // Iterate over each item in the transfer to create a
                        // corresponding ConduitTransfer.
                        for (uint256 j = 0; j < numItemsInTransfer; ++j) {
                            // Retrieve the item from the transfer.
                            TransferHelperItem calldata item = transferItems[j];
                            if (item.itemType == ConduitItemType.ERC20) {
                                // Ensure that the identifier of an ERC20 token is 0.
                                if (item.identifier != 0) {
                                    revert InvalidERC20Identifier();
                                }
                            }
                            // If the item is an ERC721 token and
                            // callERC721Receiver is true...
                            if (item.itemType == ConduitItemType.ERC721) {
                                if (callERC721Receiver) {
                                    // Check if the recipient implements
                                    // onERC721Received for the given tokenId.
                                    _checkERC721Receiver(
                                        conduit,
                                        transfer.recipient,
                                        item.identifier
                                    );
                                }
                            }
                            // Create a ConduitTransfer corresponding to each
                            // TransferHelperItem.
                            conduitTransfers[itemIndex] = ConduitTransfer(
                                item.itemType,
                                item.token,
                                msg.sender,
                                transfer.recipient,
                                item.identifier,
                                item.amount
                            );
                            // Increment the index for storing ConduitTransfers.
                            ++itemIndex;
                        }
                    }
                }
                // Attempt the external call to transfer tokens via the derived conduit.
                try ConduitInterface(conduit).execute(conduitTransfers) returns (
                    bytes4 conduitMagicValue
                ) {
                    // Check if the value returned from the external call matches
                    // the conduit `execute` selector.
                    if (conduitMagicValue != ConduitInterface.execute.selector) {
                        // If the external call fails, revert with the conduit key
                        // and conduit address.
                        revert InvalidConduit(conduitKey, conduit);
                    }
                } catch Error(string memory reason) {
                    // Catch reverts with a provided reason string and
                    // revert with the reason, conduit key and conduit address.
                    revert ConduitErrorRevertString(reason, conduitKey, conduit);
                } catch (bytes memory data) {
                    // Conduits will throw a custom error when attempting to transfer
                    // native token item types or an ERC721 item amount other than 1.
                    // Bubble up these custom errors when encountered. Note that the
                    // conduit itself will bubble up revert reasons from transfers as
                    // well, meaning that these errors are not necessarily indicative of
                    // an issue with the item type or amount in cases where the same
                    // custom error signature is encountered during a conduit transfer.
                    // Set initial value of first four bytes of revert data to the mask.
                    bytes4 customErrorSelector = bytes4(0xffffffff);
                    // Utilize assembly to read first four bytes (if present) directly.
                    assembly {
                        // Combine original mask with first four bytes of revert data.
                        customErrorSelector := and(
                            mload(add(data, 0x20)), // Data begins after length offset.
                            customErrorSelector
                        )
                    }
                    // Pass through the custom error in question if the revert data is
                    // the correct length and matches an expected custom error selector.
                    if (
                        data.length == 4 &&
                        (customErrorSelector == InvalidItemType.selector ||
                            customErrorSelector == InvalidERC721TransferAmount.selector)
                    ) {
                        // "Bubble up" the revert reason.
                        assembly {
                            revert(add(data, 0x20), 0x04)
                        }
                    }
                    // Catch all other reverts from the external call to the conduit and
                    // include the conduit's raw revert reason as a data argument to a
                    // new custom error.
                    revert ConduitErrorRevertBytes(data, conduitKey, conduit);
                }
            }
            /**
             * @notice An internal function to check if a recipient address implements
             *         onERC721Received for a given tokenId. Note that this check does
             *         not adhere to the safe transfer specification and is only meant
             *         to provide an additional layer of assurance that the recipient
             *         can receive the tokens — any hooks or post-transfer checks will
             *         fail and the caller will be the transfer helper rather than the
             *         ERC721 contract. Note that the conduit is set as the operator, as
             *         it will be the caller once the transfer is performed.
             *
             * @param conduit   The conduit to provide as the operator when calling
             *                  onERC721Received.
             * @param recipient The ERC721 recipient on which to call onERC721Received.
             * @param tokenId   The ERC721 tokenId of the token being transferred.
             */
            function _checkERC721Receiver(
                address conduit,
                address recipient,
                uint256 tokenId
            ) internal {
                // Check if recipient can receive ERC721 tokens.
                try
                    IERC721Receiver(recipient).onERC721Received(
                        conduit,
                        msg.sender,
                        tokenId,
                        ""
                    )
                returns (bytes4 selector) {
                    // Check if onERC721Received selector is valid.
                    if (selector != IERC721Receiver.onERC721Received.selector) {
                        // Revert if recipient cannot accept
                        // ERC721 tokens.
                        revert InvalidERC721Recipient(recipient);
                    }
                } catch (bytes memory data) {
                    // "Bubble up" recipient's revert reason.
                    revert ERC721ReceiverErrorRevertBytes(
                        data,
                        recipient,
                        msg.sender,
                        tokenId
                    );
                } catch Error(string memory reason) {
                    // "Bubble up" recipient's revert reason.
                    revert ERC721ReceiverErrorRevertString(
                        reason,
                        recipient,
                        msg.sender,
                        tokenId
                    );
                }
            }
            /**
             * @notice An internal function that reverts if the passed-in recipient
             *         is the zero address.
             *
             * @param recipient The recipient on which to perform the check.
             */
            function _checkRecipientIsNotZeroAddress(address recipient) internal pure {
                // Revert if the recipient is the zero address.
                if (recipient == address(0x0)) {
                    revert RecipientCannotBeZeroAddress();
                }
            }
        }
        // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
        pragma solidity ^0.8.7;
        interface IERC721Receiver {
            function onERC721Received(
                address operator,
                address from,
                uint256 tokenId,
                bytes calldata data
            ) external returns (bytes4);
        }
        // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
        pragma solidity ^0.8.7;
        import { ConduitItemType } from "../conduit/lib/ConduitEnums.sol";
        /**
         * @dev A TransferHelperItem specifies the itemType (ERC20/ERC721/ERC1155),
         *      token address, token identifier, and amount of the token to be
         *      transferred via the TransferHelper. For ERC20 tokens, identifier
         *      must be 0. For ERC721 tokens, amount must be 1.
         */
        struct TransferHelperItem {
            ConduitItemType itemType;
            address token;
            uint256 identifier;
            uint256 amount;
        }
        /**
         * @dev A TransferHelperItemsWithRecipient specifies the tokens to transfer
         *      via the TransferHelper, their intended recipient, and a boolean flag
         *      indicating whether onERC721Received should be called on a recipient
         *      contract.
         */
        struct TransferHelperItemsWithRecipient {
            TransferHelperItem[] items;
            address recipient;
            bool validateERC721Receiver;
        }
        // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
        pragma solidity ^0.8.7;
        import {
            ConduitTransfer,
            ConduitBatch1155Transfer
        } from "../conduit/lib/ConduitStructs.sol";
        /**
         * @title ConduitInterface
         * @author 0age
         * @notice ConduitInterface contains all external function interfaces, events,
         *         and errors for conduit contracts.
         */
        interface ConduitInterface {
            /**
             * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to execute transfers using a
             *      caller that does not have an open channel.
             */
            error ChannelClosed(address channel);
            /**
             * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to update a channel to the
             *      current status of that channel.
             */
            error ChannelStatusAlreadySet(address channel, bool isOpen);
            /**
             * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to execute a transfer for an
             *      item that does not have an ERC20/721/1155 item type.
             */
            error InvalidItemType();
            /**
             * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to update the status of a
             *      channel from a caller that is not the conduit controller.
             */
            error InvalidController();
            /**
             * @dev Emit an event whenever a channel is opened or closed.
             *
             * @param channel The channel that has been updated.
             * @param open    A boolean indicating whether the conduit is open or not.
             */
            event ChannelUpdated(address indexed channel, bool open);
            /**
             * @notice Execute a sequence of ERC20/721/1155 transfers. Only a caller
             *         with an open channel can call this function.
             *
             * @param transfers The ERC20/721/1155 transfers to perform.
             *
             * @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the transfers were
             *                    performed successfully.
             */
            function execute(ConduitTransfer[] calldata transfers)
                external
                returns (bytes4 magicValue);
            /**
             * @notice Execute a sequence of batch 1155 transfers. Only a caller with an
             *         open channel can call this function.
             *
             * @param batch1155Transfers The 1155 batch transfers to perform.
             *
             * @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the transfers were
             *                    performed successfully.
             */
            function executeBatch1155(
                ConduitBatch1155Transfer[] calldata batch1155Transfers
            ) external returns (bytes4 magicValue);
            /**
             * @notice Execute a sequence of transfers, both single and batch 1155. Only
             *         a caller with an open channel can call this function.
             *
             * @param standardTransfers  The ERC20/721/1155 transfers to perform.
             * @param batch1155Transfers The 1155 batch transfers to perform.
             *
             * @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the transfers were
             *                    performed successfully.
             */
            function executeWithBatch1155(
                ConduitTransfer[] calldata standardTransfers,
                ConduitBatch1155Transfer[] calldata batch1155Transfers
            ) external returns (bytes4 magicValue);
            /**
             * @notice Open or close a given channel. Only callable by the controller.
             *
             * @param channel The channel to open or close.
             * @param isOpen  The status of the channel (either open or closed).
             */
            function updateChannel(address channel, bool isOpen) external;
        }
        // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
        pragma solidity ^0.8.7;
        /**
         * @title ConduitControllerInterface
         * @author 0age
         * @notice ConduitControllerInterface contains all external function interfaces,
         *         structs, events, and errors for the conduit controller.
         */
        interface ConduitControllerInterface {
            /**
             * @dev Track the conduit key, current owner, new potential owner, and open
             *      channels for each deployed conduit.
             */
            struct ConduitProperties {
                bytes32 key;
                address owner;
                address potentialOwner;
                address[] channels;
                mapping(address => uint256) channelIndexesPlusOne;
            }
            /**
             * @dev Emit an event whenever a new conduit is created.
             *
             * @param conduit    The newly created conduit.
             * @param conduitKey The conduit key used to create the new conduit.
             */
            event NewConduit(address conduit, bytes32 conduitKey);
            /**
             * @dev Emit an event whenever conduit ownership is transferred.
             *
             * @param conduit       The conduit for which ownership has been
             *                      transferred.
             * @param previousOwner The previous owner of the conduit.
             * @param newOwner      The new owner of the conduit.
             */
            event OwnershipTransferred(
                address indexed conduit,
                address indexed previousOwner,
                address indexed newOwner
            );
            /**
             * @dev Emit an event whenever a conduit owner registers a new potential
             *      owner for that conduit.
             *
             * @param newPotentialOwner The new potential owner of the conduit.
             */
            event PotentialOwnerUpdated(address indexed newPotentialOwner);
            /**
             * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to create a new conduit using a
             *      conduit key where the first twenty bytes of the key do not match the
             *      address of the caller.
             */
            error InvalidCreator();
            /**
             * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to create a new conduit when no
             *      initial owner address is supplied.
             */
            error InvalidInitialOwner();
            /**
             * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to set a new potential owner
             *      that is already set.
             */
            error NewPotentialOwnerAlreadySet(
                address conduit,
                address newPotentialOwner
            );
            /**
             * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to cancel ownership transfer
             *      when no new potential owner is currently set.
             */
            error NoPotentialOwnerCurrentlySet(address conduit);
            /**
             * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to interact with a conduit that
             *      does not yet exist.
             */
            error NoConduit();
            /**
             * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to create a conduit that
             *      already exists.
             */
            error ConduitAlreadyExists(address conduit);
            /**
             * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to update channels or transfer
             *      ownership of a conduit when the caller is not the owner of the
             *      conduit in question.
             */
            error CallerIsNotOwner(address conduit);
            /**
             * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to register a new potential
             *      owner and supplying the null address.
             */
            error NewPotentialOwnerIsZeroAddress(address conduit);
            /**
             * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to claim ownership of a conduit
             *      with a caller that is not the current potential owner for the
             *      conduit in question.
             */
            error CallerIsNotNewPotentialOwner(address conduit);
            /**
             * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to retrieve a channel using an
             *      index that is out of range.
             */
            error ChannelOutOfRange(address conduit);
            /**
             * @notice Deploy a new conduit using a supplied conduit key and assigning
             *         an initial owner for the deployed conduit. Note that the first
             *         twenty bytes of the supplied conduit key must match the caller
             *         and that a new conduit cannot be created if one has already been
             *         deployed using the same conduit key.
             *
             * @param conduitKey   The conduit key used to deploy the conduit. Note that
             *                     the first twenty bytes of the conduit key must match
             *                     the caller of this contract.
             * @param initialOwner The initial owner to set for the new conduit.
             *
             * @return conduit The address of the newly deployed conduit.
             */
            function createConduit(bytes32 conduitKey, address initialOwner)
                external
                returns (address conduit);
            /**
             * @notice Open or close a channel on a given conduit, thereby allowing the
             *         specified account to execute transfers against that conduit.
             *         Extreme care must be taken when updating channels, as malicious
             *         or vulnerable channels can transfer any ERC20, ERC721 and ERC1155
             *         tokens where the token holder has granted the conduit approval.
             *         Only the owner of the conduit in question may call this function.
             *
             * @param conduit The conduit for which to open or close the channel.
             * @param channel The channel to open or close on the conduit.
             * @param isOpen  A boolean indicating whether to open or close the channel.
             */
            function updateChannel(
                address conduit,
                address channel,
                bool isOpen
            ) external;
            /**
             * @notice Initiate conduit ownership transfer by assigning a new potential
             *         owner for the given conduit. Once set, the new potential owner
             *         may call `acceptOwnership` to claim ownership of the conduit.
             *         Only the owner of the conduit in question may call this function.
             *
             * @param conduit The conduit for which to initiate ownership transfer.
             * @param newPotentialOwner The new potential owner of the conduit.
             */
            function transferOwnership(address conduit, address newPotentialOwner)
                external;
            /**
             * @notice Clear the currently set potential owner, if any, from a conduit.
             *         Only the owner of the conduit in question may call this function.
             *
             * @param conduit The conduit for which to cancel ownership transfer.
             */
            function cancelOwnershipTransfer(address conduit) external;
            /**
             * @notice Accept ownership of a supplied conduit. Only accounts that the
             *         current owner has set as the new potential owner may call this
             *         function.
             *
             * @param conduit The conduit for which to accept ownership.
             */
            function acceptOwnership(address conduit) external;
            /**
             * @notice Retrieve the current owner of a deployed conduit.
             *
             * @param conduit The conduit for which to retrieve the associated owner.
             *
             * @return owner The owner of the supplied conduit.
             */
            function ownerOf(address conduit) external view returns (address owner);
            /**
             * @notice Retrieve the conduit key for a deployed conduit via reverse
             *         lookup.
             *
             * @param conduit The conduit for which to retrieve the associated conduit
             *                key.
             *
             * @return conduitKey The conduit key used to deploy the supplied conduit.
             */
            function getKey(address conduit) external view returns (bytes32 conduitKey);
            /**
             * @notice Derive the conduit associated with a given conduit key and
             *         determine whether that conduit exists (i.e. whether it has been
             *         deployed).
             *
             * @param conduitKey The conduit key used to derive the conduit.
             *
             * @return conduit The derived address of the conduit.
             * @return exists  A boolean indicating whether the derived conduit has been
             *                 deployed or not.
             */
            function getConduit(bytes32 conduitKey)
                external
                view
                returns (address conduit, bool exists);
            /**
             * @notice Retrieve the potential owner, if any, for a given conduit. The
             *         current owner may set a new potential owner via
             *         `transferOwnership` and that owner may then accept ownership of
             *         the conduit in question via `acceptOwnership`.
             *
             * @param conduit The conduit for which to retrieve the potential owner.
             *
             * @return potentialOwner The potential owner, if any, for the conduit.
             */
            function getPotentialOwner(address conduit)
                external
                view
                returns (address potentialOwner);
            /**
             * @notice Retrieve the status (either open or closed) of a given channel on
             *         a conduit.
             *
             * @param conduit The conduit for which to retrieve the channel status.
             * @param channel The channel for which to retrieve the status.
             *
             * @return isOpen The status of the channel on the given conduit.
             */
            function getChannelStatus(address conduit, address channel)
                external
                view
                returns (bool isOpen);
            /**
             * @notice Retrieve the total number of open channels for a given conduit.
             *
             * @param conduit The conduit for which to retrieve the total channel count.
             *
             * @return totalChannels The total number of open channels for the conduit.
             */
            function getTotalChannels(address conduit)
                external
                view
                returns (uint256 totalChannels);
            /**
             * @notice Retrieve an open channel at a specific index for a given conduit.
             *         Note that the index of a channel can change as a result of other
             *         channels being closed on the conduit.
             *
             * @param conduit      The conduit for which to retrieve the open channel.
             * @param channelIndex The index of the channel in question.
             *
             * @return channel The open channel, if any, at the specified channel index.
             */
            function getChannel(address conduit, uint256 channelIndex)
                external
                view
                returns (address channel);
            /**
             * @notice Retrieve all open channels for a given conduit. Note that calling
             *         this function for a conduit with many channels will revert with
             *         an out-of-gas error.
             *
             * @param conduit The conduit for which to retrieve open channels.
             *
             * @return channels An array of open channels on the given conduit.
             */
            function getChannels(address conduit)
                external
                view
                returns (address[] memory channels);
            /**
             * @dev Retrieve the conduit creation code and runtime code hashes.
             */
            function getConduitCodeHashes()
                external
                view
                returns (bytes32 creationCodeHash, bytes32 runtimeCodeHash);
        }
        // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
        pragma solidity ^0.8.7;
        import { ConduitInterface } from "../interfaces/ConduitInterface.sol";
        import { ConduitItemType } from "./lib/ConduitEnums.sol";
        import { TokenTransferrer } from "../lib/TokenTransferrer.sol";
        import {
            ConduitTransfer,
            ConduitBatch1155Transfer
        } from "./lib/ConduitStructs.sol";
        import "./lib/ConduitConstants.sol";
        /**
         * @title Conduit
         * @author 0age
         * @notice This contract serves as an originator for "proxied" transfers. Each
         *         conduit is deployed and controlled by a "conduit controller" that can
         *         add and remove "channels" or contracts that can instruct the conduit
         *         to transfer approved ERC20/721/1155 tokens. *IMPORTANT NOTE: each
         *         conduit has an owner that can arbitrarily add or remove channels, and
         *         a malicious or negligent owner can add a channel that allows for any
         *         approved ERC20/721/1155 tokens to be taken immediately — be extremely
         *         cautious with what conduits you give token approvals to!*
         */
        contract Conduit is ConduitInterface, TokenTransferrer {
            // Set deployer as an immutable controller that can update channel statuses.
            address private immutable _controller;
            // Track the status of each channel.
            mapping(address => bool) private _channels;
            /**
             * @notice Ensure that the caller is currently registered as an open channel
             *         on the conduit.
             */
            modifier onlyOpenChannel() {
                // Utilize assembly to access channel storage mapping directly.
                assembly {
                    // Write the caller to scratch space.
                    mstore(ChannelKey_channel_ptr, caller())
                    // Write the storage slot for _channels to scratch space.
                    mstore(ChannelKey_slot_ptr, _channels.slot)
                    // Derive the position in storage of _channels[msg.sender]
                    // and check if the stored value is zero.
                    if iszero(
                        sload(keccak256(ChannelKey_channel_ptr, ChannelKey_length))
                    ) {
                        // The caller is not an open channel; revert with
                        // ChannelClosed(caller). First, set error signature in memory.
                        mstore(ChannelClosed_error_ptr, ChannelClosed_error_signature)
                        // Next, set the caller as the argument.
                        mstore(ChannelClosed_channel_ptr, caller())
                        // Finally, revert, returning full custom error with argument.
                        revert(ChannelClosed_error_ptr, ChannelClosed_error_length)
                    }
                }
                // Continue with function execution.
                _;
            }
            /**
             * @notice In the constructor, set the deployer as the controller.
             */
            constructor() {
                // Set the deployer as the controller.
                _controller = msg.sender;
            }
            /**
             * @notice Execute a sequence of ERC20/721/1155 transfers. Only a caller
             *         with an open channel can call this function. Note that channels
             *         are expected to implement reentrancy protection if desired, and
             *         that cross-channel reentrancy may be possible if the conduit has
             *         multiple open channels at once. Also note that channels are
             *         expected to implement checks against transferring any zero-amount
             *         items if that constraint is desired.
             *
             * @param transfers The ERC20/721/1155 transfers to perform.
             *
             * @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the transfers were
             *                    performed successfully.
             */
            function execute(ConduitTransfer[] calldata transfers)
                external
                override
                onlyOpenChannel
                returns (bytes4 magicValue)
            {
                // Retrieve the total number of transfers and place on the stack.
                uint256 totalStandardTransfers = transfers.length;
                // Iterate over each transfer.
                for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalStandardTransfers; ) {
                    // Retrieve the transfer in question and perform the transfer.
                    _transfer(transfers[i]);
                    // Skip overflow check as for loop is indexed starting at zero.
                    unchecked {
                        ++i;
                    }
                }
                // Return a magic value indicating that the transfers were performed.
                magicValue = this.execute.selector;
            }
            /**
             * @notice Execute a sequence of batch 1155 item transfers. Only a caller
             *         with an open channel can call this function. Note that channels
             *         are expected to implement reentrancy protection if desired, and
             *         that cross-channel reentrancy may be possible if the conduit has
             *         multiple open channels at once. Also note that channels are
             *         expected to implement checks against transferring any zero-amount
             *         items if that constraint is desired.
             *
             * @param batchTransfers The 1155 batch item transfers to perform.
             *
             * @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the item transfers were
             *                    performed successfully.
             */
            function executeBatch1155(
                ConduitBatch1155Transfer[] calldata batchTransfers
            ) external override onlyOpenChannel returns (bytes4 magicValue) {
                // Perform 1155 batch transfers. Note that memory should be considered
                // entirely corrupted from this point forward.
                _performERC1155BatchTransfers(batchTransfers);
                // Return a magic value indicating that the transfers were performed.
                magicValue = this.executeBatch1155.selector;
            }
            /**
             * @notice Execute a sequence of transfers, both single ERC20/721/1155 item
             *         transfers as well as batch 1155 item transfers. Only a caller
             *         with an open channel can call this function. Note that channels
             *         are expected to implement reentrancy protection if desired, and
             *         that cross-channel reentrancy may be possible if the conduit has
             *         multiple open channels at once. Also note that channels are
             *         expected to implement checks against transferring any zero-amount
             *         items if that constraint is desired.
             *
             * @param standardTransfers The ERC20/721/1155 item transfers to perform.
             * @param batchTransfers    The 1155 batch item transfers to perform.
             *
             * @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the item transfers were
             *                    performed successfully.
             */
            function executeWithBatch1155(
                ConduitTransfer[] calldata standardTransfers,
                ConduitBatch1155Transfer[] calldata batchTransfers
            ) external override onlyOpenChannel returns (bytes4 magicValue) {
                // Retrieve the total number of transfers and place on the stack.
                uint256 totalStandardTransfers = standardTransfers.length;
                // Iterate over each standard transfer.
                for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalStandardTransfers; ) {
                    // Retrieve the transfer in question and perform the transfer.
                    _transfer(standardTransfers[i]);
                    // Skip overflow check as for loop is indexed starting at zero.
                    unchecked {
                        ++i;
                    }
                }
                // Perform 1155 batch transfers. Note that memory should be considered
                // entirely corrupted from this point forward aside from the free memory
                // pointer having the default value.
                _performERC1155BatchTransfers(batchTransfers);
                // Return a magic value indicating that the transfers were performed.
                magicValue = this.executeWithBatch1155.selector;
            }
            /**
             * @notice Open or close a given channel. Only callable by the controller.
             *
             * @param channel The channel to open or close.
             * @param isOpen  The status of the channel (either open or closed).
             */
            function updateChannel(address channel, bool isOpen) external override {
                // Ensure that the caller is the controller of this contract.
                if (msg.sender != _controller) {
                    revert InvalidController();
                }
                // Ensure that the channel does not already have the indicated status.
                if (_channels[channel] == isOpen) {
                    revert ChannelStatusAlreadySet(channel, isOpen);
                }
                // Update the status of the channel.
                _channels[channel] = isOpen;
                // Emit a corresponding event.
                emit ChannelUpdated(channel, isOpen);
            }
            /**
             * @dev Internal function to transfer a given ERC20/721/1155 item. Note that
             *      channels are expected to implement checks against transferring any
             *      zero-amount items if that constraint is desired.
             *
             * @param item The ERC20/721/1155 item to transfer.
             */
            function _transfer(ConduitTransfer calldata item) internal {
                // Determine the transfer method based on the respective item type.
                if (item.itemType == ConduitItemType.ERC20) {
                    // Transfer ERC20 token. Note that item.identifier is ignored and
                    // therefore ERC20 transfer items are potentially malleable — this
                    // check should be performed by the calling channel if a constraint
                    // on item malleability is desired.
                    _performERC20Transfer(item.token, item.from, item.to, item.amount);
                } else if (item.itemType == ConduitItemType.ERC721) {
                    // Ensure that exactly one 721 item is being transferred.
                    if (item.amount != 1) {
                        revert InvalidERC721TransferAmount();
                    }
                    // Transfer ERC721 token.
                    _performERC721Transfer(
                        item.token,
                        item.from,
                        item.to,
                        item.identifier
                    );
                } else if (item.itemType == ConduitItemType.ERC1155) {
                    // Transfer ERC1155 token.
                    _performERC1155Transfer(
                        item.token,
                        item.from,
                        item.to,
                        item.identifier,
                        item.amount
                    );
                } else {
                    // Throw with an error.
                    revert InvalidItemType();
                }
            }
        }
        // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
        pragma solidity ^0.8.7;
        import { ConduitItemType } from "./ConduitEnums.sol";
        struct ConduitTransfer {
            ConduitItemType itemType;
            address token;
            address from;
            address to;
            uint256 identifier;
            uint256 amount;
        }
        struct ConduitBatch1155Transfer {
            address token;
            address from;
            address to;
            uint256[] ids;
            uint256[] amounts;
        }
        // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
        pragma solidity ^0.8.7;
        import {
            TransferHelperItem,
            TransferHelperItemsWithRecipient
        } from "../helpers/TransferHelperStructs.sol";
        interface TransferHelperInterface {
            /**
             * @notice Transfer multiple items to a single recipient.
             *
             * @param items The items to transfer.
             * @param conduitKey  The key of the conduit performing the bulk transfer.
             */
            function bulkTransfer(
                TransferHelperItemsWithRecipient[] calldata items,
                bytes32 conduitKey
            ) external returns (bytes4);
        }
        // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
        pragma solidity ^0.8.7;
        /**
         * @title TransferHelperErrors
         */
        interface TransferHelperErrors {
            /**
             * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to execute transfers with a
             *      NATIVE itemType.
             */
            error InvalidItemType();
            /**
             * @dev Revert with an error when an ERC721 transfer with amount other than
             *      one is attempted.
             */
            error InvalidERC721TransferAmount();
            /**
             * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to execute an ERC721 transfer
             *      to an invalid recipient.
             */
            error InvalidERC721Recipient(address recipient);
            /**
             * @dev Revert with an error when a call to a ERC721 receiver reverts with
             *      bytes data.
             */
            error ERC721ReceiverErrorRevertBytes(
                bytes reason,
                address receiver,
                address sender,
                uint256 identifier
            );
            /**
             * @dev Revert with an error when a call to a ERC721 receiver reverts with
             *      string reason.
             */
            error ERC721ReceiverErrorRevertString(
                string reason,
                address receiver,
                address sender,
                uint256 identifier
            );
            /**
             * @dev Revert with an error when an ERC20 token has an invalid identifier.
             */
            error InvalidERC20Identifier();
            /**
             * @dev Revert with an error if the recipient is the zero address.
             */
            error RecipientCannotBeZeroAddress();
            /**
             * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to fill an order referencing an
             *      invalid conduit (i.e. one that has not been deployed).
             */
            error InvalidConduit(bytes32 conduitKey, address conduit);
            /**
             * @dev Revert with an error when a call to a conduit reverts with a
             *      reason string.
             */
            error ConduitErrorRevertString(
                string reason,
                bytes32 conduitKey,
                address conduit
            );
            /**
             * @dev Revert with an error when a call to a conduit reverts with bytes
             *      data.
             */
            error ConduitErrorRevertBytes(
                bytes reason,
                bytes32 conduitKey,
                address conduit
            );
        }
        // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
        pragma solidity ^0.8.7;
        enum ConduitItemType {
            NATIVE, // unused
            ERC20,
            ERC721,
            ERC1155
        }
        // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
        pragma solidity ^0.8.7;
        import "./TokenTransferrerConstants.sol";
        import {
            TokenTransferrerErrors
        } from "../interfaces/TokenTransferrerErrors.sol";
        import { ConduitBatch1155Transfer } from "../conduit/lib/ConduitStructs.sol";
        /**
         * @title TokenTransferrer
         * @author 0age
         * @custom:coauthor d1ll0n
         * @custom:coauthor transmissions11
         * @notice TokenTransferrer is a library for performing optimized ERC20, ERC721,
         *         ERC1155, and batch ERC1155 transfers, used by both Seaport as well as
         *         by conduits deployed by the ConduitController. Use great caution when
         *         considering these functions for use in other codebases, as there are
         *         significant side effects and edge cases that need to be thoroughly
         *         understood and carefully addressed.
         */
        contract TokenTransferrer is TokenTransferrerErrors {
            /**
             * @dev Internal function to transfer ERC20 tokens from a given originator
             *      to a given recipient. Sufficient approvals must be set on the
             *      contract performing the transfer.
             *
             * @param token      The ERC20 token to transfer.
             * @param from       The originator of the transfer.
             * @param to         The recipient of the transfer.
             * @param amount     The amount to transfer.
             */
            function _performERC20Transfer(
                address token,
                address from,
                address to,
                uint256 amount
            ) internal {
                // Utilize assembly to perform an optimized ERC20 token transfer.
                assembly {
                    // The free memory pointer memory slot will be used when populating
                    // call data for the transfer; read the value and restore it later.
                    let memPointer := mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot)
                    // Write call data into memory, starting with function selector.
                    mstore(ERC20_transferFrom_sig_ptr, ERC20_transferFrom_signature)
                    mstore(ERC20_transferFrom_from_ptr, from)
                    mstore(ERC20_transferFrom_to_ptr, to)
                    mstore(ERC20_transferFrom_amount_ptr, amount)
                    // Make call & copy up to 32 bytes of return data to scratch space.
                    // Scratch space does not need to be cleared ahead of time, as the
                    // subsequent check will ensure that either at least a full word of
                    // return data is received (in which case it will be overwritten) or
                    // that no data is received (in which case scratch space will be
                    // ignored) on a successful call to the given token.
                    let callStatus := call(
                        gas(),
                        token,
                        0,
                        ERC20_transferFrom_sig_ptr,
                        ERC20_transferFrom_length,
                        0,
                        OneWord
                    )
                    // Determine whether transfer was successful using status & result.
                    let success := and(
                        // Set success to whether the call reverted, if not check it
                        // either returned exactly 1 (can't just be non-zero data), or
                        // had no return data.
                        or(
                            and(eq(mload(0), 1), gt(returndatasize(), 31)),
                            iszero(returndatasize())
                        ),
                        callStatus
                    )
                    // Handle cases where either the transfer failed or no data was
                    // returned. Group these, as most transfers will succeed with data.
                    // Equivalent to `or(iszero(success), iszero(returndatasize()))`
                    // but after it's inverted for JUMPI this expression is cheaper.
                    if iszero(and(success, iszero(iszero(returndatasize())))) {
                        // If the token has no code or the transfer failed: Equivalent
                        // to `or(iszero(success), iszero(extcodesize(token)))` but
                        // after it's inverted for JUMPI this expression is cheaper.
                        if iszero(and(iszero(iszero(extcodesize(token))), success)) {
                            // If the transfer failed:
                            if iszero(success) {
                                // If it was due to a revert:
                                if iszero(callStatus) {
                                    // If it returned a message, bubble it up as long as
                                    // sufficient gas remains to do so:
                                    if returndatasize() {
                                        // Ensure that sufficient gas is available to
                                        // copy returndata while expanding memory where
                                        // necessary. Start by computing the word size
                                        // of returndata and allocated memory. Round up
                                        // to the nearest full word.
                                        let returnDataWords := div(
                                            add(returndatasize(), AlmostOneWord),
                                            OneWord
                                        )
                                        // Note: use the free memory pointer in place of
                                        // msize() to work around a Yul warning that
                                        // prevents accessing msize directly when the IR
                                        // pipeline is activated.
                                        let msizeWords := div(memPointer, OneWord)
                                        // Next, compute the cost of the returndatacopy.
                                        let cost := mul(CostPerWord, returnDataWords)
                                        // Then, compute cost of new memory allocation.
                                        if gt(returnDataWords, msizeWords) {
                                            cost := add(
                                                cost,
                                                add(
                                                    mul(
                                                        sub(
                                                            returnDataWords,
                                                            msizeWords
                                                        ),
                                                        CostPerWord
                                                    ),
                                                    div(
                                                        sub(
                                                            mul(
                                                                returnDataWords,
                                                                returnDataWords
                                                            ),
                                                            mul(msizeWords, msizeWords)
                                                        ),
                                                        MemoryExpansionCoefficient
                                                    )
                                                )
                                            )
                                        }
                                        // Finally, add a small constant and compare to
                                        // gas remaining; bubble up the revert data if
                                        // enough gas is still available.
                                        if lt(add(cost, ExtraGasBuffer), gas()) {
                                            // Copy returndata to memory; overwrite
                                            // existing memory.
                                            returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
                                            // Revert, specifying memory region with
                                            // copied returndata.
                                            revert(0, returndatasize())
                                        }
                                    }
                                    // Otherwise revert with a generic error message.
                                    mstore(
                                        TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
                                        TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_signature
                                    )
                                    mstore(
                                        TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_token_ptr,
                                        token
                                    )
                                    mstore(
                                        TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_from_ptr,
                                        from
                                    )
                                    mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_to_ptr, to)
                                    mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_id_ptr, 0)
                                    mstore(
                                        TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_amount_ptr,
                                        amount
                                    )
                                    revert(
                                        TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
                                        TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_length
                                    )
                                }
                                // Otherwise revert with a message about the token
                                // returning false or non-compliant return values.
                                mstore(
                                    BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_sig_ptr,
                                    BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_signature
                                )
                                mstore(
                                    BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_token_ptr,
                                    token
                                )
                                mstore(
                                    BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_from_ptr,
                                    from
                                )
                                mstore(
                                    BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_to_ptr,
                                    to
                                )
                                mstore(
                                    BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_amount_ptr,
                                    amount
                                )
                                revert(
                                    BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_sig_ptr,
                                    BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_length
                                )
                            }
                            // Otherwise, revert with error about token not having code:
                            mstore(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_signature)
                            mstore(NoContract_error_token_ptr, token)
                            revert(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_length)
                        }
                        // Otherwise, the token just returned no data despite the call
                        // having succeeded; no need to optimize for this as it's not
                        // technically ERC20 compliant.
                    }
                    // Restore the original free memory pointer.
                    mstore(FreeMemoryPointerSlot, memPointer)
                    // Restore the zero slot to zero.
                    mstore(ZeroSlot, 0)
                }
            }
            /**
             * @dev Internal function to transfer an ERC721 token from a given
             *      originator to a given recipient. Sufficient approvals must be set on
             *      the contract performing the transfer. Note that this function does
             *      not check whether the receiver can accept the ERC721 token (i.e. it
             *      does not use `safeTransferFrom`).
             *
             * @param token      The ERC721 token to transfer.
             * @param from       The originator of the transfer.
             * @param to         The recipient of the transfer.
             * @param identifier The tokenId to transfer.
             */
            function _performERC721Transfer(
                address token,
                address from,
                address to,
                uint256 identifier
            ) internal {
                // Utilize assembly to perform an optimized ERC721 token transfer.
                assembly {
                    // If the token has no code, revert.
                    if iszero(extcodesize(token)) {
                        mstore(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_signature)
                        mstore(NoContract_error_token_ptr, token)
                        revert(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_length)
                    }
                    // The free memory pointer memory slot will be used when populating
                    // call data for the transfer; read the value and restore it later.
                    let memPointer := mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot)
                    // Write call data to memory starting with function selector.
                    mstore(ERC721_transferFrom_sig_ptr, ERC721_transferFrom_signature)
                    mstore(ERC721_transferFrom_from_ptr, from)
                    mstore(ERC721_transferFrom_to_ptr, to)
                    mstore(ERC721_transferFrom_id_ptr, identifier)
                    // Perform the call, ignoring return data.
                    let success := call(
                        gas(),
                        token,
                        0,
                        ERC721_transferFrom_sig_ptr,
                        ERC721_transferFrom_length,
                        0,
                        0
                    )
                    // If the transfer reverted:
                    if iszero(success) {
                        // If it returned a message, bubble it up as long as sufficient
                        // gas remains to do so:
                        if returndatasize() {
                            // Ensure that sufficient gas is available to copy
                            // returndata while expanding memory where necessary. Start
                            // by computing word size of returndata & allocated memory.
                            // Round up to the nearest full word.
                            let returnDataWords := div(
                                add(returndatasize(), AlmostOneWord),
                                OneWord
                            )
                            // Note: use the free memory pointer in place of msize() to
                            // work around a Yul warning that prevents accessing msize
                            // directly when the IR pipeline is activated.
                            let msizeWords := div(memPointer, OneWord)
                            // Next, compute the cost of the returndatacopy.
                            let cost := mul(CostPerWord, returnDataWords)
                            // Then, compute cost of new memory allocation.
                            if gt(returnDataWords, msizeWords) {
                                cost := add(
                                    cost,
                                    add(
                                        mul(
                                            sub(returnDataWords, msizeWords),
                                            CostPerWord
                                        ),
                                        div(
                                            sub(
                                                mul(returnDataWords, returnDataWords),
                                                mul(msizeWords, msizeWords)
                                            ),
                                            MemoryExpansionCoefficient
                                        )
                                    )
                                )
                            }
                            // Finally, add a small constant and compare to gas
                            // remaining; bubble up the revert data if enough gas is
                            // still available.
                            if lt(add(cost, ExtraGasBuffer), gas()) {
                                // Copy returndata to memory; overwrite existing memory.
                                returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
                                // Revert, giving memory region with copied returndata.
                                revert(0, returndatasize())
                            }
                        }
                        // Otherwise revert with a generic error message.
                        mstore(
                            TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
                            TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_signature
                        )
                        mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_token_ptr, token)
                        mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_from_ptr, from)
                        mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_to_ptr, to)
                        mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_id_ptr, identifier)
                        mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_amount_ptr, 1)
                        revert(
                            TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
                            TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_length
                        )
                    }
                    // Restore the original free memory pointer.
                    mstore(FreeMemoryPointerSlot, memPointer)
                    // Restore the zero slot to zero.
                    mstore(ZeroSlot, 0)
                }
            }
            /**
             * @dev Internal function to transfer ERC1155 tokens from a given
             *      originator to a given recipient. Sufficient approvals must be set on
             *      the contract performing the transfer and contract recipients must
             *      implement the ERC1155TokenReceiver interface to indicate that they
             *      are willing to accept the transfer.
             *
             * @param token      The ERC1155 token to transfer.
             * @param from       The originator of the transfer.
             * @param to         The recipient of the transfer.
             * @param identifier The id to transfer.
             * @param amount     The amount to transfer.
             */
            function _performERC1155Transfer(
                address token,
                address from,
                address to,
                uint256 identifier,
                uint256 amount
            ) internal {
                // Utilize assembly to perform an optimized ERC1155 token transfer.
                assembly {
                    // If the token has no code, revert.
                    if iszero(extcodesize(token)) {
                        mstore(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_signature)
                        mstore(NoContract_error_token_ptr, token)
                        revert(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_length)
                    }
                    // The following memory slots will be used when populating call data
                    // for the transfer; read the values and restore them later.
                    let memPointer := mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot)
                    let slot0x80 := mload(Slot0x80)
                    let slot0xA0 := mload(Slot0xA0)
                    let slot0xC0 := mload(Slot0xC0)
                    // Write call data into memory, beginning with function selector.
                    mstore(
                        ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_sig_ptr,
                        ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_signature
                    )
                    mstore(ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_from_ptr, from)
                    mstore(ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_to_ptr, to)
                    mstore(ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_id_ptr, identifier)
                    mstore(ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_amount_ptr, amount)
                    mstore(
                        ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_offset_ptr,
                        ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_length_offset
                    )
                    mstore(ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_length_ptr, 0)
                    // Perform the call, ignoring return data.
                    let success := call(
                        gas(),
                        token,
                        0,
                        ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_sig_ptr,
                        ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_length,
                        0,
                        0
                    )
                    // If the transfer reverted:
                    if iszero(success) {
                        // If it returned a message, bubble it up as long as sufficient
                        // gas remains to do so:
                        if returndatasize() {
                            // Ensure that sufficient gas is available to copy
                            // returndata while expanding memory where necessary. Start
                            // by computing word size of returndata & allocated memory.
                            // Round up to the nearest full word.
                            let returnDataWords := div(
                                add(returndatasize(), AlmostOneWord),
                                OneWord
                            )
                            // Note: use the free memory pointer in place of msize() to
                            // work around a Yul warning that prevents accessing msize
                            // directly when the IR pipeline is activated.
                            let msizeWords := div(memPointer, OneWord)
                            // Next, compute the cost of the returndatacopy.
                            let cost := mul(CostPerWord, returnDataWords)
                            // Then, compute cost of new memory allocation.
                            if gt(returnDataWords, msizeWords) {
                                cost := add(
                                    cost,
                                    add(
                                        mul(
                                            sub(returnDataWords, msizeWords),
                                            CostPerWord
                                        ),
                                        div(
                                            sub(
                                                mul(returnDataWords, returnDataWords),
                                                mul(msizeWords, msizeWords)
                                            ),
                                            MemoryExpansionCoefficient
                                        )
                                    )
                                )
                            }
                            // Finally, add a small constant and compare to gas
                            // remaining; bubble up the revert data if enough gas is
                            // still available.
                            if lt(add(cost, ExtraGasBuffer), gas()) {
                                // Copy returndata to memory; overwrite existing memory.
                                returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
                                // Revert, giving memory region with copied returndata.
                                revert(0, returndatasize())
                            }
                        }
                        // Otherwise revert with a generic error message.
                        mstore(
                            TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
                            TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_signature
                        )
                        mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_token_ptr, token)
                        mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_from_ptr, from)
                        mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_to_ptr, to)
                        mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_id_ptr, identifier)
                        mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_amount_ptr, amount)
                        revert(
                            TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
                            TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_length
                        )
                    }
                    mstore(Slot0x80, slot0x80) // Restore slot 0x80.
                    mstore(Slot0xA0, slot0xA0) // Restore slot 0xA0.
                    mstore(Slot0xC0, slot0xC0) // Restore slot 0xC0.
                    // Restore the original free memory pointer.
                    mstore(FreeMemoryPointerSlot, memPointer)
                    // Restore the zero slot to zero.
                    mstore(ZeroSlot, 0)
                }
            }
            /**
             * @dev Internal function to transfer ERC1155 tokens from a given
             *      originator to a given recipient. Sufficient approvals must be set on
             *      the contract performing the transfer and contract recipients must
             *      implement the ERC1155TokenReceiver interface to indicate that they
             *      are willing to accept the transfer. NOTE: this function is not
             *      memory-safe; it will overwrite existing memory, restore the free
             *      memory pointer to the default value, and overwrite the zero slot.
             *      This function should only be called once memory is no longer
             *      required and when uninitialized arrays are not utilized, and memory
             *      should be considered fully corrupted (aside from the existence of a
             *      default-value free memory pointer) after calling this function.
             *
             * @param batchTransfers The group of 1155 batch transfers to perform.
             */
            function _performERC1155BatchTransfers(
                ConduitBatch1155Transfer[] calldata batchTransfers
            ) internal {
                // Utilize assembly to perform optimized batch 1155 transfers.
                assembly {
                    let len := batchTransfers.length
                    // Pointer to first head in the array, which is offset to the struct
                    // at each index. This gets incremented after each loop to avoid
                    // multiplying by 32 to get the offset for each element.
                    let nextElementHeadPtr := batchTransfers.offset
                    // Pointer to beginning of the head of the array. This is the
                    // reference position each offset references. It's held static to
                    // let each loop calculate the data position for an element.
                    let arrayHeadPtr := nextElementHeadPtr
                    // Write the function selector, which will be reused for each call:
                    // safeBatchTransferFrom(address,address,uint256[],uint256[],bytes)
                    mstore(
                        ConduitBatch1155Transfer_from_offset,
                        ERC1155_safeBatchTransferFrom_signature
                    )
                    // Iterate over each batch transfer.
                    for {
                        let i := 0
                    } lt(i, len) {
                        i := add(i, 1)
                    } {
                        // Read the offset to the beginning of the element and add
                        // it to pointer to the beginning of the array head to get
                        // the absolute position of the element in calldata.
                        let elementPtr := add(
                            arrayHeadPtr,
                            calldataload(nextElementHeadPtr)
                        )
                        // Retrieve the token from calldata.
                        let token := calldataload(elementPtr)
                        // If the token has no code, revert.
                        if iszero(extcodesize(token)) {
                            mstore(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_signature)
                            mstore(NoContract_error_token_ptr, token)
                            revert(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_length)
                        }
                        // Get the total number of supplied ids.
                        let idsLength := calldataload(
                            add(elementPtr, ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_length_offset)
                        )
                        // Determine the expected offset for the amounts array.
                        let expectedAmountsOffset := add(
                            ConduitBatch1155Transfer_amounts_length_baseOffset,
                            mul(idsLength, OneWord)
                        )
                        // Validate struct encoding.
                        let invalidEncoding := iszero(
                            and(
                                // ids.length == amounts.length
                                eq(
                                    idsLength,
                                    calldataload(add(elementPtr, expectedAmountsOffset))
                                ),
                                and(
                                    // ids_offset == 0xa0
                                    eq(
                                        calldataload(
                                            add(
                                                elementPtr,
                                                ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_head_offset
                                            )
                                        ),
                                        ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_length_offset
                                    ),
                                    // amounts_offset == 0xc0 + ids.length*32
                                    eq(
                                        calldataload(
                                            add(
                                                elementPtr,
                                                ConduitBatchTransfer_amounts_head_offset
                                            )
                                        ),
                                        expectedAmountsOffset
                                    )
                                )
                            )
                        )
                        // Revert with an error if the encoding is not valid.
                        if invalidEncoding {
                            mstore(
                                Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_ptr,
                                Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_selector
                            )
                            revert(
                                Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_ptr,
                                Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_length
                            )
                        }
                        // Update the offset position for the next loop
                        nextElementHeadPtr := add(nextElementHeadPtr, OneWord)
                        // Copy the first section of calldata (before dynamic values).
                        calldatacopy(
                            BatchTransfer1155Params_ptr,
                            add(elementPtr, ConduitBatch1155Transfer_from_offset),
                            ConduitBatch1155Transfer_usable_head_size
                        )
                        // Determine size of calldata required for ids and amounts. Note
                        // that the size includes both lengths as well as the data.
                        let idsAndAmountsSize := add(TwoWords, mul(idsLength, TwoWords))
                        // Update the offset for the data array in memory.
                        mstore(
                            BatchTransfer1155Params_data_head_ptr,
                            add(
                                BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_length_offset,
                                idsAndAmountsSize
                            )
                        )
                        // Set the length of the data array in memory to zero.
                        mstore(
                            add(
                                BatchTransfer1155Params_data_length_basePtr,
                                idsAndAmountsSize
                            ),
                            0
                        )
                        // Determine the total calldata size for the call to transfer.
                        let transferDataSize := add(
                            BatchTransfer1155Params_calldata_baseSize,
                            idsAndAmountsSize
                        )
                        // Copy second section of calldata (including dynamic values).
                        calldatacopy(
                            BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_length_ptr,
                            add(elementPtr, ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_length_offset),
                            idsAndAmountsSize
                        )
                        // Perform the call to transfer 1155 tokens.
                        let success := call(
                            gas(),
                            token,
                            0,
                            ConduitBatch1155Transfer_from_offset, // Data portion start.
                            transferDataSize, // Location of the length of callData.
                            0,
                            0
                        )
                        // If the transfer reverted:
                        if iszero(success) {
                            // If it returned a message, bubble it up as long as
                            // sufficient gas remains to do so:
                            if returndatasize() {
                                // Ensure that sufficient gas is available to copy
                                // returndata while expanding memory where necessary.
                                // Start by computing word size of returndata and
                                // allocated memory. Round up to the nearest full word.
                                let returnDataWords := div(
                                    add(returndatasize(), AlmostOneWord),
                                    OneWord
                                )
                                // Note: use transferDataSize in place of msize() to
                                // work around a Yul warning that prevents accessing
                                // msize directly when the IR pipeline is activated.
                                // The free memory pointer is not used here because
                                // this function does almost all memory management
                                // manually and does not update it, and transferDataSize
                                // should be the largest memory value used (unless a
                                // previous batch was larger).
                                let msizeWords := div(transferDataSize, OneWord)
                                // Next, compute the cost of the returndatacopy.
                                let cost := mul(CostPerWord, returnDataWords)
                                // Then, compute cost of new memory allocation.
                                if gt(returnDataWords, msizeWords) {
                                    cost := add(
                                        cost,
                                        add(
                                            mul(
                                                sub(returnDataWords, msizeWords),
                                                CostPerWord
                                            ),
                                            div(
                                                sub(
                                                    mul(
                                                        returnDataWords,
                                                        returnDataWords
                                                    ),
                                                    mul(msizeWords, msizeWords)
                                                ),
                                                MemoryExpansionCoefficient
                                            )
                                        )
                                    )
                                }
                                // Finally, add a small constant and compare to gas
                                // remaining; bubble up the revert data if enough gas is
                                // still available.
                                if lt(add(cost, ExtraGasBuffer), gas()) {
                                    // Copy returndata to memory; overwrite existing.
                                    returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
                                    // Revert with memory region containing returndata.
                                    revert(0, returndatasize())
                                }
                            }
                            // Set the error signature.
                            mstore(
                                0,
                                ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_error_signature
                            )
                            // Write the token.
                            mstore(ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_token_ptr, token)
                            // Increase the offset to ids by 32.
                            mstore(
                                BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_head_ptr,
                                ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_ids_offset
                            )
                            // Increase the offset to amounts by 32.
                            mstore(
                                BatchTransfer1155Params_amounts_head_ptr,
                                add(
                                    OneWord,
                                    mload(BatchTransfer1155Params_amounts_head_ptr)
                                )
                            )
                            // Return modified region. The total size stays the same as
                            // `token` uses the same number of bytes as `data.length`.
                            revert(0, transferDataSize)
                        }
                    }
                    // Reset the free memory pointer to the default value; memory must
                    // be assumed to be dirtied and not reused from this point forward.
                    // Also note that the zero slot is not reset to zero, meaning empty
                    // arrays cannot be safely created or utilized until it is restored.
                    mstore(FreeMemoryPointerSlot, DefaultFreeMemoryPointer)
                }
            }
        }
        // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
        pragma solidity ^0.8.7;
        // error ChannelClosed(address channel)
        uint256 constant ChannelClosed_error_signature = (
            0x93daadf200000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
        );
        uint256 constant ChannelClosed_error_ptr = 0x00;
        uint256 constant ChannelClosed_channel_ptr = 0x4;
        uint256 constant ChannelClosed_error_length = 0x24;
        // For the mapping:
        // mapping(address => bool) channels
        // The position in storage for a particular account is:
        // keccak256(abi.encode(account, channels.slot))
        uint256 constant ChannelKey_channel_ptr = 0x00;
        uint256 constant ChannelKey_slot_ptr = 0x20;
        uint256 constant ChannelKey_length = 0x40;
        // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
        pragma solidity ^0.8.7;
        /*
         * -------------------------- Disambiguation & Other Notes ---------------------
         *    - The term "head" is used as it is in the documentation for ABI encoding,
         *      but only in reference to dynamic types, i.e. it always refers to the
         *      offset or pointer to the body of a dynamic type. In calldata, the head
         *      is always an offset (relative to the parent object), while in memory,
         *      the head is always the pointer to the body. More information found here:
         *      https://docs.soliditylang.org/en/v0.8.14/abi-spec.html#argument-encoding
         *        - Note that the length of an array is separate from and precedes the
         *          head of the array.
         *
         *    - The term "body" is used in place of the term "head" used in the ABI
         *      documentation. It refers to the start of the data for a dynamic type,
         *      e.g. the first word of a struct or the first word of the first element
         *      in an array.
         *
         *    - The term "pointer" is used to describe the absolute position of a value
         *      and never an offset relative to another value.
         *        - The suffix "_ptr" refers to a memory pointer.
         *        - The suffix "_cdPtr" refers to a calldata pointer.
         *
         *    - The term "offset" is used to describe the position of a value relative
         *      to some parent value. For example, OrderParameters_conduit_offset is the
         *      offset to the "conduit" value in the OrderParameters struct relative to
         *      the start of the body.
         *        - Note: Offsets are used to derive pointers.
         *
         *    - Some structs have pointers defined for all of their fields in this file.
         *      Lines which are commented out are fields that are not used in the
         *      codebase but have been left in for readability.
         */
        uint256 constant AlmostOneWord = 0x1f;
        uint256 constant OneWord = 0x20;
        uint256 constant TwoWords = 0x40;
        uint256 constant ThreeWords = 0x60;
        uint256 constant FreeMemoryPointerSlot = 0x40;
        uint256 constant ZeroSlot = 0x60;
        uint256 constant DefaultFreeMemoryPointer = 0x80;
        uint256 constant Slot0x80 = 0x80;
        uint256 constant Slot0xA0 = 0xa0;
        uint256 constant Slot0xC0 = 0xc0;
        // abi.encodeWithSignature("transferFrom(address,address,uint256)")
        uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_signature = (
            0x23b872dd00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
        );
        uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_sig_ptr = 0x0;
        uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_from_ptr = 0x04;
        uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_to_ptr = 0x24;
        uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_amount_ptr = 0x44;
        uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_length = 0x64; // 4 + 32 * 3 == 100
        // abi.encodeWithSignature(
        //     "safeTransferFrom(address,address,uint256,uint256,bytes)"
        // )
        uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_signature = (
            0xf242432a00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
        );
        uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_sig_ptr = 0x0;
        uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_from_ptr = 0x04;
        uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_to_ptr = 0x24;
        uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_id_ptr = 0x44;
        uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_amount_ptr = 0x64;
        uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_offset_ptr = 0x84;
        uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_length_ptr = 0xa4;
        uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_length = 0xc4; // 4 + 32 * 6 == 196
        uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_length_offset = 0xa0;
        // abi.encodeWithSignature(
        //     "safeBatchTransferFrom(address,address,uint256[],uint256[],bytes)"
        // )
        uint256 constant ERC1155_safeBatchTransferFrom_signature = (
            0x2eb2c2d600000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
        );
        bytes4 constant ERC1155_safeBatchTransferFrom_selector = bytes4(
            bytes32(ERC1155_safeBatchTransferFrom_signature)
        );
        uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_signature = ERC20_transferFrom_signature;
        uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_sig_ptr = 0x0;
        uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_from_ptr = 0x04;
        uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_to_ptr = 0x24;
        uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_id_ptr = 0x44;
        uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_length = 0x64; // 4 + 32 * 3 == 100
        // abi.encodeWithSignature("NoContract(address)")
        uint256 constant NoContract_error_signature = (
            0x5f15d67200000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
        );
        uint256 constant NoContract_error_sig_ptr = 0x0;
        uint256 constant NoContract_error_token_ptr = 0x4;
        uint256 constant NoContract_error_length = 0x24; // 4 + 32 == 36
        // abi.encodeWithSignature(
        //     "TokenTransferGenericFailure(address,address,address,uint256,uint256)"
        // )
        uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_signature = (
            0xf486bc8700000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
        );
        uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr = 0x0;
        uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_token_ptr = 0x4;
        uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_from_ptr = 0x24;
        uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_to_ptr = 0x44;
        uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_id_ptr = 0x64;
        uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_amount_ptr = 0x84;
        // 4 + 32 * 5 == 164
        uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_length = 0xa4;
        // abi.encodeWithSignature(
        //     "BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer(address,address,address,uint256)"
        // )
        uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_signature = (
            0x9889192300000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
        );
        uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_sig_ptr = 0x0;
        uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_token_ptr = 0x4;
        uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_from_ptr = 0x24;
        uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_to_ptr = 0x44;
        uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_amount_ptr = 0x64;
        // 4 + 32 * 4 == 132
        uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_length = 0x84;
        uint256 constant ExtraGasBuffer = 0x20;
        uint256 constant CostPerWord = 3;
        uint256 constant MemoryExpansionCoefficient = 0x200;
        // Values are offset by 32 bytes in order to write the token to the beginning
        // in the event of a revert
        uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_ptr = 0x24;
        uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_head_ptr = 0x64;
        uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_amounts_head_ptr = 0x84;
        uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_data_head_ptr = 0xa4;
        uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_data_length_basePtr = 0xc4;
        uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_calldata_baseSize = 0xc4;
        uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_length_ptr = 0xc4;
        uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_length_offset = 0xa0;
        uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_amounts_length_baseOffset = 0xc0;
        uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_data_length_baseOffset = 0xe0;
        uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_usable_head_size = 0x80;
        uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_from_offset = 0x20;
        uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_head_offset = 0x60;
        uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_amounts_head_offset = 0x80;
        uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_length_offset = 0xa0;
        uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_amounts_length_baseOffset = 0xc0;
        uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_calldata_baseSize = 0xc0;
        // Note: abbreviated version of above constant to adhere to line length limit.
        uint256 constant ConduitBatchTransfer_amounts_head_offset = 0x80;
        uint256 constant Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_ptr = 0x00;
        uint256 constant Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_length = 0x04;
        uint256 constant Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_selector = (
            0xeba2084c00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
        );
        uint256 constant ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_error_signature = (
            0xafc445e200000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
        );
        uint256 constant ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_token_ptr = 0x04;
        uint256 constant ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_ids_offset = 0xc0;
        // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
        pragma solidity ^0.8.7;
        /**
         * @title TokenTransferrerErrors
         */
        interface TokenTransferrerErrors {
            /**
             * @dev Revert with an error when an ERC721 transfer with amount other than
             *      one is attempted.
             */
            error InvalidERC721TransferAmount();
            /**
             * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to fulfill an order where an
             *      item has an amount of zero.
             */
            error MissingItemAmount();
            /**
             * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to fulfill an order where an
             *      item has unused parameters. This includes both the token and the
             *      identifier parameters for native transfers as well as the identifier
             *      parameter for ERC20 transfers. Note that the conduit does not
             *      perform this check, leaving it up to the calling channel to enforce
             *      when desired.
             */
            error UnusedItemParameters();
            /**
             * @dev Revert with an error when an ERC20, ERC721, or ERC1155 token
             *      transfer reverts.
             *
             * @param token      The token for which the transfer was attempted.
             * @param from       The source of the attempted transfer.
             * @param to         The recipient of the attempted transfer.
             * @param identifier The identifier for the attempted transfer.
             * @param amount     The amount for the attempted transfer.
             */
            error TokenTransferGenericFailure(
                address token,
                address from,
                address to,
                uint256 identifier,
                uint256 amount
            );
            /**
             * @dev Revert with an error when a batch ERC1155 token transfer reverts.
             *
             * @param token       The token for which the transfer was attempted.
             * @param from        The source of the attempted transfer.
             * @param to          The recipient of the attempted transfer.
             * @param identifiers The identifiers for the attempted transfer.
             * @param amounts     The amounts for the attempted transfer.
             */
            error ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure(
                address token,
                address from,
                address to,
                uint256[] identifiers,
                uint256[] amounts
            );
            /**
             * @dev Revert with an error when an ERC20 token transfer returns a falsey
             *      value.
             *
             * @param token      The token for which the ERC20 transfer was attempted.
             * @param from       The source of the attempted ERC20 transfer.
             * @param to         The recipient of the attempted ERC20 transfer.
             * @param amount     The amount for the attempted ERC20 transfer.
             */
            error BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer(
                address token,
                address from,
                address to,
                uint256 amount
            );
            /**
             * @dev Revert with an error when an account being called as an assumed
             *      contract does not have code and returns no data.
             *
             * @param account The account that should contain code.
             */
            error NoContract(address account);
            /**
             * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to execute an 1155 batch
             *      transfer using calldata not produced by default ABI encoding or with
             *      different lengths for ids and amounts arrays.
             */
            error Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding();
        }
        

        File 2 of 6: TransparentUpgradeableProxy
        // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
        pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
        
        abstract contract Proxy {
            function _delegate(address implementation) internal virtual {
                assembly {
                    calldatacopy(0, 0, calldatasize())
        
                    let result := delegatecall(gas(), implementation, 0, calldatasize(), 0, 0)
        
                    returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
        
                    switch result
        
                    case 0 {
                        revert(0, returndatasize())
                    }
                    default {
                        return(0, returndatasize())
                    }
                }
            }
        
            function _implementation() internal view virtual returns (address);
        
            function _fallback() internal virtual {
                _beforeFallback();
                _delegate(_implementation());
            }
        
            fallback() external payable virtual {
                _fallback();
            }
        
            receive() external payable virtual {
                _fallback();
            }
        
            function _beforeFallback() internal virtual {}
        }
        
        interface IBeacon {
            function implementation() external view returns (address);
        }
        interface IERC1822Proxiable {
            function proxiableUUID() external view returns (bytes32);
        }
        library Address {
            function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
                return account.code.length > 0;
            }
        
            function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
                require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
        
                (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
                require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
            }
        
            function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, "Address: low-level call failed");
            }
        
            function functionCall(
                address target,
                bytes memory data,
                string memory errorMessage
            ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
            }
        
            function functionCallWithValue(
                address target,
                bytes memory data,
                uint256 value
            ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
            }
        
            function functionCallWithValue(
                address target,
                bytes memory data,
                uint256 value,
                string memory errorMessage
            ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
                (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
                return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
            }
        
            function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
                return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
            }
        
            function functionStaticCall(
                address target,
                bytes memory data,
                string memory errorMessage
            ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
                (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
                return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
            }
        
            function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                return functionDelegateCall(target, data, "Address: low-level delegate call failed");
            }
        
            function functionDelegateCall(
                address target,
                bytes memory data,
                string memory errorMessage
            ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
                return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
            }
        
            function verifyCallResultFromTarget(
                address target,
                bool success,
                bytes memory returndata,
                string memory errorMessage
            ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
                if (success) {
                    if (returndata.length == 0) {
                        require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
                    }
                    return returndata;
                } else {
                    _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
                }
            }
        
            function verifyCallResult(
                bool success,
                bytes memory returndata,
                string memory errorMessage
            ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
                if (success) {
                    return returndata;
                } else {
                    _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
                }
            }
        
            function _revert(bytes memory returndata, string memory errorMessage) private pure {
                if (returndata.length > 0) {
                    assembly {
                        let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                        revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
                    }
                } else {
                    revert(errorMessage);
                }
            }
        }
        library StorageSlot {
            struct AddressSlot {
                address value;
            }
        
            struct BooleanSlot {
                bool value;
            }
        
            struct Bytes32Slot {
                bytes32 value;
            }
        
            struct Uint256Slot {
                uint256 value;
            }
        
            function getAddressSlot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (AddressSlot storage r) {
                assembly {
                    r.slot := slot
                }
            }
        
            function getBooleanSlot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (BooleanSlot storage r) {
                assembly {
                    r.slot := slot
                }
            }
        
            function getBytes32Slot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (Bytes32Slot storage r) {
                assembly {
                    r.slot := slot
                }
            }
        
            function getUint256Slot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (Uint256Slot storage r) {
                assembly {
                    r.slot := slot
                }
            }
        }
        
        abstract contract ERC1967Upgrade {
            bytes32 private constant _ROLLBACK_SLOT = 0x4910fdfa16fed3260ed0e7147f7cc6da11a60208b5b9406d12a635614ffd9143;
        
            bytes32 internal constant _IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT = 0x360894a13ba1a3210667c828492db98dca3e2076cc3735a920a3ca505d382bbc;
        
            event Upgraded(address indexed implementation);
        
            function _getImplementation() internal view returns (address) {
                return StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value;
            }
        
            function _setImplementation(address newImplementation) private {
                require(Address.isContract(newImplementation), "ERC1967: new implementation is not a contract");
                StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value = newImplementation;
            }
        
            function _upgradeTo(address newImplementation) internal {
                _setImplementation(newImplementation);
                emit Upgraded(newImplementation);
            }
        
            function _upgradeToAndCall(
                address newImplementation,
                bytes memory data,
                bool forceCall
            ) internal {
                _upgradeTo(newImplementation);
                if (data.length > 0 || forceCall) {
                    Address.functionDelegateCall(newImplementation, data);
                }
            }
        
            function _upgradeToAndCallUUPS(
                address newImplementation,
                bytes memory data,
                bool forceCall
            ) internal {
                if (StorageSlot.getBooleanSlot(_ROLLBACK_SLOT).value) {
                    _setImplementation(newImplementation);
                } else {
                    try IERC1822Proxiable(newImplementation).proxiableUUID() returns (bytes32 slot) {
                        require(slot == _IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT, "ERC1967Upgrade: unsupported proxiableUUID");
                    } catch {
                        revert("ERC1967Upgrade: new implementation is not UUPS");
                    }
                    _upgradeToAndCall(newImplementation, data, forceCall);
                }
            }
        
            bytes32 internal constant _ADMIN_SLOT = 0xb53127684a568b3173ae13b9f8a6016e243e63b6e8ee1178d6a717850b5d6103;
        
            event AdminChanged(address previousAdmin, address newAdmin);
        
            function _getAdmin() internal view returns (address) {
                return StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_ADMIN_SLOT).value;
            }
        
            function _setAdmin(address newAdmin) private {
                require(newAdmin != address(0), "ERC1967: new admin is the zero address");
                StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_ADMIN_SLOT).value = newAdmin;
            }
        
            function _changeAdmin(address newAdmin) internal {
                emit AdminChanged(_getAdmin(), newAdmin);
                _setAdmin(newAdmin);
            }
        
            bytes32 internal constant _BEACON_SLOT = 0xa3f0ad74e5423aebfd80d3ef4346578335a9a72aeaee59ff6cb3582b35133d50;
        
            event BeaconUpgraded(address indexed beacon);
        
            function _getBeacon() internal view returns (address) {
                return StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_BEACON_SLOT).value;
            }
        
            function _setBeacon(address newBeacon) private {
                require(Address.isContract(newBeacon), "ERC1967: new beacon is not a contract");
                require(
                    Address.isContract(IBeacon(newBeacon).implementation()),
                    "ERC1967: beacon implementation is not a contract"
                );
                StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_BEACON_SLOT).value = newBeacon;
            }
        
            function _upgradeBeaconToAndCall(
                address newBeacon,
                bytes memory data,
                bool forceCall
            ) internal {
                _setBeacon(newBeacon);
                emit BeaconUpgraded(newBeacon);
                if (data.length > 0 || forceCall) {
                    Address.functionDelegateCall(IBeacon(newBeacon).implementation(), data);
                }
            }
        }
        
        contract ERC1967Proxy is Proxy, ERC1967Upgrade {
            constructor(address _logic, bytes memory _data) payable {
                _upgradeToAndCall(_logic, _data, false);
            }
            function _implementation() internal view virtual override returns (address impl) {
                return ERC1967Upgrade._getImplementation();
            }
        }
        
        contract TransparentUpgradeableProxy is ERC1967Proxy {
            constructor(
                address _logic,
                address admin_,
                bytes memory _data
            ) payable ERC1967Proxy(_logic, _data) {
                _changeAdmin(admin_);
            }
        
            modifier ifAdmin() {
                if (msg.sender == _getAdmin()) {
                    _;
                } else {
                    _fallback();
                }
            }
        
            function admin() external ifAdmin returns (address admin_) {
                admin_ = _getAdmin();
            }
        
            function implementation() external ifAdmin returns (address implementation_) {
                implementation_ = _implementation();
            }
        
            function changeAdmin(address newAdmin) external virtual ifAdmin {
                _changeAdmin(newAdmin);
            }
        
            function upgradeTo(address newImplementation) external ifAdmin {
                _upgradeToAndCall(newImplementation, bytes(""), false);
            }
        
            function upgradeToAndCall(address newImplementation, bytes calldata data) external payable ifAdmin {
                _upgradeToAndCall(newImplementation, data, true);
            }
        
            function _admin() internal view virtual returns (address) {
                return _getAdmin();
            }
        
            function _beforeFallback() internal virtual override {
                require(msg.sender != _getAdmin(), "TransparentUpgradeableProxy: admin cannot fallback to proxy target");
                super._beforeFallback();
            }
        }

        File 3 of 6: ArtParty
        // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
        /*
        #######                               #                                
           #     ####  #####  #####           #   ##   #    # ######  ####     
           #    #    # #    # #    #          #  #  #  ##  ## #      #         
           #    #    # #    # #    #          # #    # # ## # #####   ####     
           #    #    # #    # #    #    #     # ###### #    # #           #    
           #    #    # #    # #    #    #     # #    # #    # #      #    #    
           #     ####  #####  #####      #####  #    # #    # ######  ####     
                                                                               
              #                    ######                            
             # #   #####  #####    #     #   ##   #####  ##### #   # 
            #   #  #    #   #      #     #  #  #  #    #   #    # #  
           #     # #    #   #      ######  #    # #    #   #     #   
           ####### #####    #      #       ###### #####    #     #   
           #     # #   #    #      #       #    # #   #    #     #   
           #     # #    #   #      #       #    # #    #   #     #   
                                                                     
        */
        pragma solidity ^0.8.7;
        import "erc721a/contracts/ERC721A.sol";
        import "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/extensions/IERC721Enumerable.sol";
        import "@openzeppelin/contracts/security/ReentrancyGuard.sol";
        import "@openzeppelin/contracts/access/AccessControl.sol";
        import "@openzeppelin/contracts/access/Ownable.sol";
        import "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/common/ERC2981.sol";
        import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/math/Math.sol";
        import "./lib/MerkleDistributorV2.sol";
        import "./lib/ClaimBitmap.sol";
        contract ArtParty is
            ERC721A,
            ERC2981,
            MerkleDistributorV2,
            ClaimBitmap,
            ReentrancyGuard,
            AccessControl,
            Ownable
        {
            bytes32 public constant SUPPORT_ROLE = keccak256("SUPPORT");
            uint256 public constant MAX_ALLOWLIST_MINT = 1;
            uint256 public constant MAX_PUBLIC_MINT = 1;
            uint256 public constant MAX_RESERVE_SUPPLY = 162;
            uint256 public maxSupply = 1533;
            uint256 public price = 0.333 ether;
            string public provenance;
            string private _baseURIextended;
            uint256 public reserveSupply = MAX_RESERVE_SUPPLY;
            IERC721Enumerable public immutable baseContractAddress;
            address payable public immutable shareholderAddress;
            bool public saleActive;
            bool public claimActive;
            /**
             * cannot initialize shareholder address to 0
             */
            error ShareholderAddressIsZeroAddress();
            /**
             * cannot set base contract address if not ERC721Enumerable
             */
            error ContractIsNotERC721Enumerable();
            /**
             * cannot exceed maximum supply
             */
            error PurchaseWouldExceedMaximumSupply();
            /**
             * cannot mint if public sale is not active
             */
            error PublicSaleIsNotActive();
            /**
             * cannot exceed maximum reserve supply
             */
            error ExceedMaximumReserveSupply();
            /**
             * ether value sent is not correct
             */
            error EtherValueSentIsNotCorrect();
            /**
             * cannot exceed maximum public mint
             */
            error PurchaseWouldExceedMaximumPublicMint();
            /**
             * withdraw failed
             */
            error WithdrawFailed();
            /**
             * cannot mint if mint pass claim is not active
             */
            error ClaimIsNotActive();
            /**
             * cannot claim if token id has already been claimed
             */
            error TokenIdAlreadyClaimed(uint256 tokenId);
            /**
             * cannot exceed claim supply
             */
            error PurchaseWouldExceedClaimSupply();
            /**
             * callee is not the owner of the token id in the base contract
             */
            error NotOwnerOfMintPass(uint256 tokenId);
            /**
             * cannot set the price to 0
             */
            error SalePriceCannotBeZero();
            /**
             * cannot set supply to less than the total supply
             */
            error MaxSupplyLessThanTotalSupply();
            /**
             * cannot change states when minting is enabled
             */
            error MintingIsEnabled();
            /**
             * @notice constructor
             * @param shareholderAddress_ the shareholder address
             * @param contractAddress the contract address for mint passes
             */
            constructor(address payable shareholderAddress_, address contractAddress)
                ERC721A("Art Party", "ARTPARTY")
            {
                if (shareholderAddress_ == address(0))
                    revert ShareholderAddressIsZeroAddress();
                if (!IERC721Enumerable(contractAddress).supportsInterface(0x780e9d63))
                    revert ContractIsNotERC721Enumerable();
                // set immutable variables
                shareholderAddress = shareholderAddress_;
                baseContractAddress = IERC721Enumerable(contractAddress);
                // setup
                _initializeBitmap(IERC721Enumerable(contractAddress).totalSupply());
                _setupRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, msg.sender);
                _setupRole(SUPPORT_ROLE, msg.sender);
            }
            /**
             * @notice checks to see if amount of tokens to be minted would exceed the maximum supply allowed
             * @param numberOfTokens the number of tokens to be minted
             */
            modifier supplyAvailable(uint256 numberOfTokens) {
                if (totalSupply() + numberOfTokens > maxSupply)
                    revert PurchaseWouldExceedMaximumSupply();
                _;
            }
            /**
             * @notice checks to see whether saleActive is true
             */
            modifier isPublicSaleActive() {
                if (!saleActive) revert PublicSaleIsNotActive();
                _;
            }
            /**
             * @notice checks to see whether claimActive is true
             */
            modifier isClaimActive() {
                if (!claimActive) revert ClaimIsNotActive();
                _;
            }
            /**
             * @notice emitted when the price has been changed
             */
            event PriceChanged(uint256 newPrice);
            /**
             * @notice emitted when the max supply has been changed
             */
            event MaxSupplyChanged(uint256 newMaxSupply);
            /***************************************************************************
             * Admin
             */
            /**
             * @notice reserves a number of tokens
             * @param numberOfTokens the number of tokens to be minted
             */
            function devMint(uint256 numberOfTokens)
                external
                onlyRole(SUPPORT_ROLE)
                supplyAvailable(numberOfTokens)
                nonReentrant
            {
                uint256 reserveSupplyRemaining = reserveSupply;
                if (reserveSupplyRemaining < numberOfTokens)
                    revert ExceedMaximumReserveSupply();
                reserveSupply = reserveSupplyRemaining - numberOfTokens;
                _safeMint(msg.sender, numberOfTokens);
            }
            /**
             * @notice allows public sale minting
             * @param state the state of the public sale
             */
            function setSaleActive(bool state) external onlyRole(SUPPORT_ROLE) {
                saleActive = state;
            }
            /**
             * @notice allows claiming of tokens
             * @param state the state of allowing claims to be made
             */
            function setClaimActive(bool state) external onlyRole(SUPPORT_ROLE) {
                claimActive = state;
            }
            /**
             * @notice set a new token price in wei
             * @param newPriceInWei the new price to set, per token, in wei
             */
            function setPrice(uint256 newPriceInWei) external onlyRole(SUPPORT_ROLE) {
                if (newPriceInWei == 0) revert SalePriceCannotBeZero();
                if (saleActive || allowListActive || claimActive)
                    revert MintingIsEnabled();
                price = newPriceInWei;
                emit PriceChanged(price);
            }
            /**
             * @notice set a new max supply
             * @param newMaxSupply the new max supply to set
             */
            function setMaxSupply(uint256 newMaxSupply)
                external
                onlyRole(SUPPORT_ROLE)
            {
                if (totalSupply() > newMaxSupply) revert MaxSupplyLessThanTotalSupply();
                if (saleActive || allowListActive || claimActive)
                    revert MintingIsEnabled();
                maxSupply = newMaxSupply;
                emit MaxSupplyChanged(maxSupply);
            }
            /***************************************************************************
             * Allow list
             */
            /**
             * @notice allows minting from a list of clients
             * @param allowListActive the state of the allow list
             */
            function setAllowListActive(bool allowListActive)
                external
                onlyRole(SUPPORT_ROLE)
            {
                _setAllowListActive(allowListActive);
            }
            /**
             * @notice sets the merkle root for the allow list
             * @param merkleRoot the merkle root
             */
            function setAllowList(bytes32 merkleRoot) external onlyRole(SUPPORT_ROLE) {
                _setAllowList(merkleRoot);
            }
            /***************************************************************************
             * Tokens
             */
            /**
             * @notice sets the base uri for {_baseURI}
             * @param baseURI_ the base uri
             */
            function setBaseURI(string memory baseURI_)
                external
                onlyRole(SUPPORT_ROLE)
            {
                _baseURIextended = baseURI_;
            }
            /**
             * @notice See {ERC721-_baseURI}.
             */
            function _baseURI() internal view virtual override returns (string memory) {
                return _baseURIextended;
            }
            /**
             * @notice sets the provenance hash
             * @param provenance_ the provenance hash
             */
            function setProvenance(string memory provenance_)
                external
                onlyRole(SUPPORT_ROLE)
            {
                provenance = provenance_;
            }
            /**
             * @notice See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
             * @param interfaceId the interface id
             */
            function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
                public
                view
                virtual
                override(ERC721A, AccessControl, ERC2981)
                returns (bool)
            {
                return super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
            }
            /**
             * @notice See {ERC721-_burn}. This override additionally clears the royalty information for the token.
             * @param tokenId the token id to burn
             */
            function _burn(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual override {
                super._burn(tokenId);
                _resetTokenRoyalty(tokenId);
            }
            /***************************************************************************
             * Public
             */
            /**
             * @notice allow claims based on token ids, you can claim up to 1 token per mint pass
             * @param tokenIds array of token ids owned in the base contract
             * @param numberOfTokens the number of tokens to be minted
             */
            function claimByTokenIds(uint256[] memory tokenIds, uint256 numberOfTokens)
                public
                payable
                isClaimActive
                supplyAvailable(numberOfTokens)
                nonReentrant
            {
                uint256 mintPasses = tokenIds.length;
                uint256 mintPassesToClaim = numberOfTokens;
                if (mintPassesToClaim > mintPasses)
                    revert PurchaseWouldExceedClaimSupply();
                if (numberOfTokens * price != msg.value)
                    revert EtherValueSentIsNotCorrect();
                // set passes claimed
                for (uint256 index; index < mintPassesToClaim; index++) {
                    uint256 tokenId = tokenIds[index];
                    if (baseContractAddress.ownerOf(tokenId) != msg.sender)
                        revert NotOwnerOfMintPass(tokenId);
                    if (isClaimed(tokenId)) revert TokenIdAlreadyClaimed(tokenId);
                    _setClaimed(tokenId);
                }
                // mint tokens
                _safeMint(msg.sender, numberOfTokens);
            }
            /**
             * @notice get all tokens owned in the base contract, then claims the tokens
             * @param numberOfTokens the number of tokens to be minted
             */
            function claim(uint256 numberOfTokens) external payable {
                uint256[] memory tokenIds = availableIdsToClaim(msg.sender);
                claimByTokenIds(tokenIds, numberOfTokens);
            }
            /**
             * @notice gets the balance of tokens owned in the base contract, and subtracts the amount already claimed
             * @param from the address to check
             */
            function availableToClaim(address from) external view returns (uint256) {
                uint256 baseBalance = baseContractAddress.balanceOf(from);
                uint256 amountClaimable;
                for (uint256 index; index < baseBalance; index++) {
                    if (
                        !isClaimed(baseContractAddress.tokenOfOwnerByIndex(from, index))
                    ) {
                        amountClaimable++;
                    }
                }
                return amountClaimable;
            }
            /**
             * @notice utility function to get available ids to claim
             * @param from the address to check
             */
            function availableIdsToClaim(address from)
                public
                view
                returns (uint256[] memory)
            {
                uint256 totalMintPasses = baseContractAddress.balanceOf(from);
                uint256[] memory availableTokenIds = new uint256[](totalMintPasses);
                uint256 amountClaimable;
                for (uint256 index; index < totalMintPasses; index++) {
                    uint256 tokenId = baseContractAddress.tokenOfOwnerByIndex(
                        from,
                        index
                    );
                    if (!isClaimed(tokenId)) {
                        availableTokenIds[amountClaimable] = tokenId;
                        amountClaimable++;
                    }
                }
                uint256[] memory unclaimedTokenIds = new uint256[](amountClaimable);
                for (uint256 index; index < amountClaimable; index++) {
                    unclaimedTokenIds[index] = availableTokenIds[index];
                }
                return unclaimedTokenIds;
            }
            /**
             * @notice allow minting if the msg.sender is on the allow list
             * @param numberOfTokens the number of tokens to be minted
             * @param merkleProof the merkle proof for the msg.sender
             */
            function mintAllowList(uint256 numberOfTokens, bytes32[] memory merkleProof)
                external
                payable
                isAllowListActive
                ableToClaim(msg.sender, merkleProof)
                tokensAvailable(msg.sender, numberOfTokens, MAX_ALLOWLIST_MINT)
                supplyAvailable(numberOfTokens)
                nonReentrant
            {
                if (numberOfTokens * price != msg.value)
                    revert EtherValueSentIsNotCorrect();
                _setAllowListMinted(msg.sender, numberOfTokens);
                _safeMint(msg.sender, numberOfTokens);
            }
            /**
             * @notice allow public minting
             * @param numberOfTokens the number of tokens to be minted
             */
            function mint(uint256 numberOfTokens)
                external
                payable
                isPublicSaleActive
                supplyAvailable(numberOfTokens)
                nonReentrant
            {
                if (numberOfTokens > MAX_PUBLIC_MINT)
                    revert PurchaseWouldExceedMaximumPublicMint();
                if (numberOfTokens * price != msg.value)
                    revert EtherValueSentIsNotCorrect();
                _safeMint(msg.sender, numberOfTokens);
            }
            /***************************************************************************
             * Royalties
             */
            /**
             * @notice See {ERC2981-_setDefaultRoyalty}.
             */
            function setDefaultRoyalty(address receiver, uint96 feeNumerator)
                external
                onlyRole(SUPPORT_ROLE)
            {
                _setDefaultRoyalty(receiver, feeNumerator);
            }
            /**
             * @notice See {ERC2981-_deleteDefaultRoyalty}.
             */
            function deleteDefaultRoyalty() external onlyRole(SUPPORT_ROLE) {
                _deleteDefaultRoyalty();
            }
            /**
             * @notice See {ERC2981-_setTokenRoyalty}.
             */
            function setTokenRoyalty(
                uint256 tokenId,
                address receiver,
                uint96 feeNumerator
            ) external onlyRole(SUPPORT_ROLE) {
                _setTokenRoyalty(tokenId, receiver, feeNumerator);
            }
            /**
             * @notice See {ERC2981-_resetTokenRoyalty}.
             */
            function resetTokenRoyalty(uint256 tokenId)
                external
                onlyRole(SUPPORT_ROLE)
            {
                _resetTokenRoyalty(tokenId);
            }
            /***************************************************************************
             * Withdraw
             */
            /**
             * @notice withdraws ether from the contract to the shareholder address
             */
            function withdraw() external onlyOwner nonReentrant {
                (bool success, ) = shareholderAddress.call{
                    value: address(this).balance
                }("");
                if (!success) revert WithdrawFailed();
            }
        }
        // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
        // Creator: Chiru Labs
        pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
        import '@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/IERC721.sol';
        import '@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/IERC721Receiver.sol';
        import '@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/extensions/IERC721Metadata.sol';
        import '@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/Address.sol';
        import '@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/Context.sol';
        import '@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/Strings.sol';
        import '@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/ERC165.sol';
        error ApprovalCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
        error ApprovalQueryForNonexistentToken();
        error ApproveToCaller();
        error ApprovalToCurrentOwner();
        error BalanceQueryForZeroAddress();
        error MintToZeroAddress();
        error MintZeroQuantity();
        error OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();
        error TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
        error TransferFromIncorrectOwner();
        error TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
        error TransferToZeroAddress();
        error URIQueryForNonexistentToken();
        /**
         * @dev Implementation of https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721[ERC721] Non-Fungible Token Standard, including
         * the Metadata extension. Built to optimize for lower gas during batch mints.
         *
         * Assumes serials are sequentially minted starting at _startTokenId() (defaults to 0, e.g. 0, 1, 2, 3..).
         *
         * Assumes that an owner cannot have more than 2**64 - 1 (max value of uint64) of supply.
         *
         * Assumes that the maximum token id cannot exceed 2**256 - 1 (max value of uint256).
         */
        contract ERC721A is Context, ERC165, IERC721, IERC721Metadata {
            using Address for address;
            using Strings for uint256;
            // Compiler will pack this into a single 256bit word.
            struct TokenOwnership {
                // The address of the owner.
                address addr;
                // Keeps track of the start time of ownership with minimal overhead for tokenomics.
                uint64 startTimestamp;
                // Whether the token has been burned.
                bool burned;
            }
            // Compiler will pack this into a single 256bit word.
            struct AddressData {
                // Realistically, 2**64-1 is more than enough.
                uint64 balance;
                // Keeps track of mint count with minimal overhead for tokenomics.
                uint64 numberMinted;
                // Keeps track of burn count with minimal overhead for tokenomics.
                uint64 numberBurned;
                // For miscellaneous variable(s) pertaining to the address
                // (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used).
                // If there are multiple variables, please pack them into a uint64.
                uint64 aux;
            }
            // The tokenId of the next token to be minted.
            uint256 internal _currentIndex;
            // The number of tokens burned.
            uint256 internal _burnCounter;
            // Token name
            string private _name;
            // Token symbol
            string private _symbol;
            // Mapping from token ID to ownership details
            // An empty struct value does not necessarily mean the token is unowned. See _ownershipOf implementation for details.
            mapping(uint256 => TokenOwnership) internal _ownerships;
            // Mapping owner address to address data
            mapping(address => AddressData) private _addressData;
            // Mapping from token ID to approved address
            mapping(uint256 => address) private _tokenApprovals;
            // Mapping from owner to operator approvals
            mapping(address => mapping(address => bool)) private _operatorApprovals;
            constructor(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) {
                _name = name_;
                _symbol = symbol_;
                _currentIndex = _startTokenId();
            }
            /**
             * To change the starting tokenId, please override this function.
             */
            function _startTokenId() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
                return 0;
            }
            /**
             * @dev Burned tokens are calculated here, use _totalMinted() if you want to count just minted tokens.
             */
            function totalSupply() public view returns (uint256) {
                // Counter underflow is impossible as _burnCounter cannot be incremented
                // more than _currentIndex - _startTokenId() times
                unchecked {
                    return _currentIndex - _burnCounter - _startTokenId();
                }
            }
            /**
             * Returns the total amount of tokens minted in the contract.
             */
            function _totalMinted() internal view returns (uint256) {
                // Counter underflow is impossible as _currentIndex does not decrement,
                // and it is initialized to _startTokenId()
                unchecked {
                    return _currentIndex - _startTokenId();
                }
            }
            /**
             * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
             */
            function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(ERC165, IERC165) returns (bool) {
                return
                    interfaceId == type(IERC721).interfaceId ||
                    interfaceId == type(IERC721Metadata).interfaceId ||
                    super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
            }
            /**
             * @dev See {IERC721-balanceOf}.
             */
            function balanceOf(address owner) public view override returns (uint256) {
                if (owner == address(0)) revert BalanceQueryForZeroAddress();
                return uint256(_addressData[owner].balance);
            }
            /**
             * Returns the number of tokens minted by `owner`.
             */
            function _numberMinted(address owner) internal view returns (uint256) {
                return uint256(_addressData[owner].numberMinted);
            }
            /**
             * Returns the number of tokens burned by or on behalf of `owner`.
             */
            function _numberBurned(address owner) internal view returns (uint256) {
                return uint256(_addressData[owner].numberBurned);
            }
            /**
             * Returns the auxillary data for `owner`. (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used).
             */
            function _getAux(address owner) internal view returns (uint64) {
                return _addressData[owner].aux;
            }
            /**
             * Sets the auxillary data for `owner`. (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used).
             * If there are multiple variables, please pack them into a uint64.
             */
            function _setAux(address owner, uint64 aux) internal {
                _addressData[owner].aux = aux;
            }
            /**
             * Gas spent here starts off proportional to the maximum mint batch size.
             * It gradually moves to O(1) as tokens get transferred around in the collection over time.
             */
            function _ownershipOf(uint256 tokenId) internal view returns (TokenOwnership memory) {
                uint256 curr = tokenId;
                unchecked {
                    if (_startTokenId() <= curr && curr < _currentIndex) {
                        TokenOwnership memory ownership = _ownerships[curr];
                        if (!ownership.burned) {
                            if (ownership.addr != address(0)) {
                                return ownership;
                            }
                            // Invariant:
                            // There will always be an ownership that has an address and is not burned
                            // before an ownership that does not have an address and is not burned.
                            // Hence, curr will not underflow.
                            while (true) {
                                curr--;
                                ownership = _ownerships[curr];
                                if (ownership.addr != address(0)) {
                                    return ownership;
                                }
                            }
                        }
                    }
                }
                revert OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();
            }
            /**
             * @dev See {IERC721-ownerOf}.
             */
            function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) public view override returns (address) {
                return _ownershipOf(tokenId).addr;
            }
            /**
             * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-name}.
             */
            function name() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
                return _name;
            }
            /**
             * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-symbol}.
             */
            function symbol() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
                return _symbol;
            }
            /**
             * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-tokenURI}.
             */
            function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
                if (!_exists(tokenId)) revert URIQueryForNonexistentToken();
                string memory baseURI = _baseURI();
                return bytes(baseURI).length != 0 ? string(abi.encodePacked(baseURI, tokenId.toString())) : '';
            }
            /**
             * @dev Base URI for computing {tokenURI}. If set, the resulting URI for each
             * token will be the concatenation of the `baseURI` and the `tokenId`. Empty
             * by default, can be overriden in child contracts.
             */
            function _baseURI() internal view virtual returns (string memory) {
                return '';
            }
            /**
             * @dev See {IERC721-approve}.
             */
            function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) public override {
                address owner = ERC721A.ownerOf(tokenId);
                if (to == owner) revert ApprovalToCurrentOwner();
                if (_msgSender() != owner && !isApprovedForAll(owner, _msgSender())) {
                    revert ApprovalCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
                }
                _approve(to, tokenId, owner);
            }
            /**
             * @dev See {IERC721-getApproved}.
             */
            function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) public view override returns (address) {
                if (!_exists(tokenId)) revert ApprovalQueryForNonexistentToken();
                return _tokenApprovals[tokenId];
            }
            /**
             * @dev See {IERC721-setApprovalForAll}.
             */
            function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) public virtual override {
                if (operator == _msgSender()) revert ApproveToCaller();
                _operatorApprovals[_msgSender()][operator] = approved;
                emit ApprovalForAll(_msgSender(), operator, approved);
            }
            /**
             * @dev See {IERC721-isApprovedForAll}.
             */
            function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
                return _operatorApprovals[owner][operator];
            }
            /**
             * @dev See {IERC721-transferFrom}.
             */
            function transferFrom(
                address from,
                address to,
                uint256 tokenId
            ) public virtual override {
                _transfer(from, to, tokenId);
            }
            /**
             * @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}.
             */
            function safeTransferFrom(
                address from,
                address to,
                uint256 tokenId
            ) public virtual override {
                safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, '');
            }
            /**
             * @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}.
             */
            function safeTransferFrom(
                address from,
                address to,
                uint256 tokenId,
                bytes memory _data
            ) public virtual override {
                _transfer(from, to, tokenId);
                if (to.isContract() && !_checkContractOnERC721Received(from, to, tokenId, _data)) {
                    revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
                }
            }
            /**
             * @dev Returns whether `tokenId` exists.
             *
             * Tokens can be managed by their owner or approved accounts via {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
             *
             * Tokens start existing when they are minted (`_mint`),
             */
            function _exists(uint256 tokenId) internal view returns (bool) {
                return _startTokenId() <= tokenId && tokenId < _currentIndex && !_ownerships[tokenId].burned;
            }
            function _safeMint(address to, uint256 quantity) internal {
                _safeMint(to, quantity, '');
            }
            /**
             * @dev Safely mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
             *
             * Requirements:
             *
             * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called for each safe transfer.
             * - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
             *
             * Emits a {Transfer} event.
             */
            function _safeMint(
                address to,
                uint256 quantity,
                bytes memory _data
            ) internal {
                _mint(to, quantity, _data, true);
            }
            /**
             * @dev Mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
             *
             * Requirements:
             *
             * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
             * - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
             *
             * Emits a {Transfer} event.
             */
            function _mint(
                address to,
                uint256 quantity,
                bytes memory _data,
                bool safe
            ) internal {
                uint256 startTokenId = _currentIndex;
                if (to == address(0)) revert MintToZeroAddress();
                if (quantity == 0) revert MintZeroQuantity();
                _beforeTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
                // Overflows are incredibly unrealistic.
                // balance or numberMinted overflow if current value of either + quantity > 1.8e19 (2**64) - 1
                // updatedIndex overflows if _currentIndex + quantity > 1.2e77 (2**256) - 1
                unchecked {
                    _addressData[to].balance += uint64(quantity);
                    _addressData[to].numberMinted += uint64(quantity);
                    _ownerships[startTokenId].addr = to;
                    _ownerships[startTokenId].startTimestamp = uint64(block.timestamp);
                    uint256 updatedIndex = startTokenId;
                    uint256 end = updatedIndex + quantity;
                    if (safe && to.isContract()) {
                        do {
                            emit Transfer(address(0), to, updatedIndex);
                            if (!_checkContractOnERC721Received(address(0), to, updatedIndex++, _data)) {
                                revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
                            }
                        } while (updatedIndex != end);
                        // Reentrancy protection
                        if (_currentIndex != startTokenId) revert();
                    } else {
                        do {
                            emit Transfer(address(0), to, updatedIndex++);
                        } while (updatedIndex != end);
                    }
                    _currentIndex = updatedIndex;
                }
                _afterTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
            }
            /**
             * @dev Transfers `tokenId` from `from` to `to`.
             *
             * Requirements:
             *
             * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
             * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
             *
             * Emits a {Transfer} event.
             */
            function _transfer(
                address from,
                address to,
                uint256 tokenId
            ) private {
                TokenOwnership memory prevOwnership = _ownershipOf(tokenId);
                if (prevOwnership.addr != from) revert TransferFromIncorrectOwner();
                bool isApprovedOrOwner = (_msgSender() == from ||
                    isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSender()) ||
                    getApproved(tokenId) == _msgSender());
                if (!isApprovedOrOwner) revert TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
                if (to == address(0)) revert TransferToZeroAddress();
                _beforeTokenTransfers(from, to, tokenId, 1);
                // Clear approvals from the previous owner
                _approve(address(0), tokenId, from);
                // Underflow of the sender's balance is impossible because we check for
                // ownership above and the recipient's balance can't realistically overflow.
                // Counter overflow is incredibly unrealistic as tokenId would have to be 2**256.
                unchecked {
                    _addressData[from].balance -= 1;
                    _addressData[to].balance += 1;
                    TokenOwnership storage currSlot = _ownerships[tokenId];
                    currSlot.addr = to;
                    currSlot.startTimestamp = uint64(block.timestamp);
                    // If the ownership slot of tokenId+1 is not explicitly set, that means the transfer initiator owns it.
                    // Set the slot of tokenId+1 explicitly in storage to maintain correctness for ownerOf(tokenId+1) calls.
                    uint256 nextTokenId = tokenId + 1;
                    TokenOwnership storage nextSlot = _ownerships[nextTokenId];
                    if (nextSlot.addr == address(0)) {
                        // This will suffice for checking _exists(nextTokenId),
                        // as a burned slot cannot contain the zero address.
                        if (nextTokenId != _currentIndex) {
                            nextSlot.addr = from;
                            nextSlot.startTimestamp = prevOwnership.startTimestamp;
                        }
                    }
                }
                emit Transfer(from, to, tokenId);
                _afterTokenTransfers(from, to, tokenId, 1);
            }
            /**
             * @dev This is equivalent to _burn(tokenId, false)
             */
            function _burn(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
                _burn(tokenId, false);
            }
            /**
             * @dev Destroys `tokenId`.
             * The approval is cleared when the token is burned.
             *
             * Requirements:
             *
             * - `tokenId` must exist.
             *
             * Emits a {Transfer} event.
             */
            function _burn(uint256 tokenId, bool approvalCheck) internal virtual {
                TokenOwnership memory prevOwnership = _ownershipOf(tokenId);
                address from = prevOwnership.addr;
                if (approvalCheck) {
                    bool isApprovedOrOwner = (_msgSender() == from ||
                        isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSender()) ||
                        getApproved(tokenId) == _msgSender());
                    if (!isApprovedOrOwner) revert TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
                }
                _beforeTokenTransfers(from, address(0), tokenId, 1);
                // Clear approvals from the previous owner
                _approve(address(0), tokenId, from);
                // Underflow of the sender's balance is impossible because we check for
                // ownership above and the recipient's balance can't realistically overflow.
                // Counter overflow is incredibly unrealistic as tokenId would have to be 2**256.
                unchecked {
                    AddressData storage addressData = _addressData[from];
                    addressData.balance -= 1;
                    addressData.numberBurned += 1;
                    // Keep track of who burned the token, and the timestamp of burning.
                    TokenOwnership storage currSlot = _ownerships[tokenId];
                    currSlot.addr = from;
                    currSlot.startTimestamp = uint64(block.timestamp);
                    currSlot.burned = true;
                    // If the ownership slot of tokenId+1 is not explicitly set, that means the burn initiator owns it.
                    // Set the slot of tokenId+1 explicitly in storage to maintain correctness for ownerOf(tokenId+1) calls.
                    uint256 nextTokenId = tokenId + 1;
                    TokenOwnership storage nextSlot = _ownerships[nextTokenId];
                    if (nextSlot.addr == address(0)) {
                        // This will suffice for checking _exists(nextTokenId),
                        // as a burned slot cannot contain the zero address.
                        if (nextTokenId != _currentIndex) {
                            nextSlot.addr = from;
                            nextSlot.startTimestamp = prevOwnership.startTimestamp;
                        }
                    }
                }
                emit Transfer(from, address(0), tokenId);
                _afterTokenTransfers(from, address(0), tokenId, 1);
                // Overflow not possible, as _burnCounter cannot be exceed _currentIndex times.
                unchecked {
                    _burnCounter++;
                }
            }
            /**
             * @dev Approve `to` to operate on `tokenId`
             *
             * Emits a {Approval} event.
             */
            function _approve(
                address to,
                uint256 tokenId,
                address owner
            ) private {
                _tokenApprovals[tokenId] = to;
                emit Approval(owner, to, tokenId);
            }
            /**
             * @dev Internal function to invoke {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received} on a target contract.
             *
             * @param from address representing the previous owner of the given token ID
             * @param to target address that will receive the tokens
             * @param tokenId uint256 ID of the token to be transferred
             * @param _data bytes optional data to send along with the call
             * @return bool whether the call correctly returned the expected magic value
             */
            function _checkContractOnERC721Received(
                address from,
                address to,
                uint256 tokenId,
                bytes memory _data
            ) private returns (bool) {
                try IERC721Receiver(to).onERC721Received(_msgSender(), from, tokenId, _data) returns (bytes4 retval) {
                    return retval == IERC721Receiver(to).onERC721Received.selector;
                } catch (bytes memory reason) {
                    if (reason.length == 0) {
                        revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
                    } else {
                        assembly {
                            revert(add(32, reason), mload(reason))
                        }
                    }
                }
            }
            /**
             * @dev Hook that is called before a set of serially-ordered token ids are about to be transferred. This includes minting.
             * And also called before burning one token.
             *
             * startTokenId - the first token id to be transferred
             * quantity - the amount to be transferred
             *
             * Calling conditions:
             *
             * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` will be
             * transferred to `to`.
             * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` will be minted for `to`.
             * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` will be burned by `from`.
             * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
             */
            function _beforeTokenTransfers(
                address from,
                address to,
                uint256 startTokenId,
                uint256 quantity
            ) internal virtual {}
            /**
             * @dev Hook that is called after a set of serially-ordered token ids have been transferred. This includes
             * minting.
             * And also called after one token has been burned.
             *
             * startTokenId - the first token id to be transferred
             * quantity - the amount to be transferred
             *
             * Calling conditions:
             *
             * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` has been
             * transferred to `to`.
             * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` has been minted for `to`.
             * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` has been burned by `from`.
             * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
             */
            function _afterTokenTransfers(
                address from,
                address to,
                uint256 startTokenId,
                uint256 quantity
            ) internal virtual {}
        }
        // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
        // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (token/ERC721/extensions/IERC721Enumerable.sol)
        pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
        import "../IERC721.sol";
        /**
         * @title ERC-721 Non-Fungible Token Standard, optional enumeration extension
         * @dev See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721
         */
        interface IERC721Enumerable is IERC721 {
            /**
             * @dev Returns the total amount of tokens stored by the contract.
             */
            function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
            /**
             * @dev Returns a token ID owned by `owner` at a given `index` of its token list.
             * Use along with {balanceOf} to enumerate all of ``owner``'s tokens.
             */
            function tokenOfOwnerByIndex(address owner, uint256 index) external view returns (uint256);
            /**
             * @dev Returns a token ID at a given `index` of all the tokens stored by the contract.
             * Use along with {totalSupply} to enumerate all tokens.
             */
            function tokenByIndex(uint256 index) external view returns (uint256);
        }
        // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
        // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (security/ReentrancyGuard.sol)
        pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
        /**
         * @dev Contract module that helps prevent reentrant calls to a function.
         *
         * Inheriting from `ReentrancyGuard` will make the {nonReentrant} modifier
         * available, which can be applied to functions to make sure there are no nested
         * (reentrant) calls to them.
         *
         * Note that because there is a single `nonReentrant` guard, functions marked as
         * `nonReentrant` may not call one another. This can be worked around by making
         * those functions `private`, and then adding `external` `nonReentrant` entry
         * points to them.
         *
         * TIP: If you would like to learn more about reentrancy and alternative ways
         * to protect against it, check out our blog post
         * https://blog.openzeppelin.com/reentrancy-after-istanbul/[Reentrancy After Istanbul].
         */
        abstract contract ReentrancyGuard {
            // Booleans are more expensive than uint256 or any type that takes up a full
            // word because each write operation emits an extra SLOAD to first read the
            // slot's contents, replace the bits taken up by the boolean, and then write
            // back. This is the compiler's defense against contract upgrades and
            // pointer aliasing, and it cannot be disabled.
            // The values being non-zero value makes deployment a bit more expensive,
            // but in exchange the refund on every call to nonReentrant will be lower in
            // amount. Since refunds are capped to a percentage of the total
            // transaction's gas, it is best to keep them low in cases like this one, to
            // increase the likelihood of the full refund coming into effect.
            uint256 private constant _NOT_ENTERED = 1;
            uint256 private constant _ENTERED = 2;
            uint256 private _status;
            constructor() {
                _status = _NOT_ENTERED;
            }
            /**
             * @dev Prevents a contract from calling itself, directly or indirectly.
             * Calling a `nonReentrant` function from another `nonReentrant`
             * function is not supported. It is possible to prevent this from happening
             * by making the `nonReentrant` function external, and making it call a
             * `private` function that does the actual work.
             */
            modifier nonReentrant() {
                // On the first call to nonReentrant, _notEntered will be true
                require(_status != _ENTERED, "ReentrancyGuard: reentrant call");
                // Any calls to nonReentrant after this point will fail
                _status = _ENTERED;
                _;
                // By storing the original value once again, a refund is triggered (see
                // https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2200)
                _status = _NOT_ENTERED;
            }
        }
        // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
        // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (access/AccessControl.sol)
        pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
        import "./IAccessControl.sol";
        import "../utils/Context.sol";
        import "../utils/Strings.sol";
        import "../utils/introspection/ERC165.sol";
        /**
         * @dev Contract module that allows children to implement role-based access
         * control mechanisms. This is a lightweight version that doesn't allow enumerating role
         * members except through off-chain means by accessing the contract event logs. Some
         * applications may benefit from on-chain enumerability, for those cases see
         * {AccessControlEnumerable}.
         *
         * Roles are referred to by their `bytes32` identifier. These should be exposed
         * in the external API and be unique. The best way to achieve this is by
         * using `public constant` hash digests:
         *
         * ```
         * bytes32 public constant MY_ROLE = keccak256("MY_ROLE");
         * ```
         *
         * Roles can be used to represent a set of permissions. To restrict access to a
         * function call, use {hasRole}:
         *
         * ```
         * function foo() public {
         *     require(hasRole(MY_ROLE, msg.sender));
         *     ...
         * }
         * ```
         *
         * Roles can be granted and revoked dynamically via the {grantRole} and
         * {revokeRole} functions. Each role has an associated admin role, and only
         * accounts that have a role's admin role can call {grantRole} and {revokeRole}.
         *
         * By default, the admin role for all roles is `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE`, which means
         * that only accounts with this role will be able to grant or revoke other
         * roles. More complex role relationships can be created by using
         * {_setRoleAdmin}.
         *
         * WARNING: The `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` is also its own admin: it has permission to
         * grant and revoke this role. Extra precautions should be taken to secure
         * accounts that have been granted it.
         */
        abstract contract AccessControl is Context, IAccessControl, ERC165 {
            struct RoleData {
                mapping(address => bool) members;
                bytes32 adminRole;
            }
            mapping(bytes32 => RoleData) private _roles;
            bytes32 public constant DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE = 0x00;
            /**
             * @dev Modifier that checks that an account has a specific role. Reverts
             * with a standardized message including the required role.
             *
             * The format of the revert reason is given by the following regular expression:
             *
             *  /^AccessControl: account (0x[0-9a-f]{40}) is missing role (0x[0-9a-f]{64})$/
             *
             * _Available since v4.1._
             */
            modifier onlyRole(bytes32 role) {
                _checkRole(role);
                _;
            }
            /**
             * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
             */
            function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
                return interfaceId == type(IAccessControl).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
            }
            /**
             * @dev Returns `true` if `account` has been granted `role`.
             */
            function hasRole(bytes32 role, address account) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
                return _roles[role].members[account];
            }
            /**
             * @dev Revert with a standard message if `_msgSender()` is missing `role`.
             * Overriding this function changes the behavior of the {onlyRole} modifier.
             *
             * Format of the revert message is described in {_checkRole}.
             *
             * _Available since v4.6._
             */
            function _checkRole(bytes32 role) internal view virtual {
                _checkRole(role, _msgSender());
            }
            /**
             * @dev Revert with a standard message if `account` is missing `role`.
             *
             * The format of the revert reason is given by the following regular expression:
             *
             *  /^AccessControl: account (0x[0-9a-f]{40}) is missing role (0x[0-9a-f]{64})$/
             */
            function _checkRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal view virtual {
                if (!hasRole(role, account)) {
                    revert(
                        string(
                            abi.encodePacked(
                                "AccessControl: account ",
                                Strings.toHexString(uint160(account), 20),
                                " is missing role ",
                                Strings.toHexString(uint256(role), 32)
                            )
                        )
                    );
                }
            }
            /**
             * @dev Returns the admin role that controls `role`. See {grantRole} and
             * {revokeRole}.
             *
             * To change a role's admin, use {_setRoleAdmin}.
             */
            function getRoleAdmin(bytes32 role) public view virtual override returns (bytes32) {
                return _roles[role].adminRole;
            }
            /**
             * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
             *
             * If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted}
             * event.
             *
             * Requirements:
             *
             * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
             *
             * May emit a {RoleGranted} event.
             */
            function grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override onlyRole(getRoleAdmin(role)) {
                _grantRole(role, account);
            }
            /**
             * @dev Revokes `role` from `account`.
             *
             * If `account` had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked} event.
             *
             * Requirements:
             *
             * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
             *
             * May emit a {RoleRevoked} event.
             */
            function revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override onlyRole(getRoleAdmin(role)) {
                _revokeRole(role, account);
            }
            /**
             * @dev Revokes `role` from the calling account.
             *
             * Roles are often managed via {grantRole} and {revokeRole}: this function's
             * purpose is to provide a mechanism for accounts to lose their privileges
             * if they are compromised (such as when a trusted device is misplaced).
             *
             * If the calling account had been revoked `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked}
             * event.
             *
             * Requirements:
             *
             * - the caller must be `account`.
             *
             * May emit a {RoleRevoked} event.
             */
            function renounceRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override {
                require(account == _msgSender(), "AccessControl: can only renounce roles for self");
                _revokeRole(role, account);
            }
            /**
             * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
             *
             * If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted}
             * event. Note that unlike {grantRole}, this function doesn't perform any
             * checks on the calling account.
             *
             * May emit a {RoleGranted} event.
             *
             * [WARNING]
             * ====
             * This function should only be called from the constructor when setting
             * up the initial roles for the system.
             *
             * Using this function in any other way is effectively circumventing the admin
             * system imposed by {AccessControl}.
             * ====
             *
             * NOTE: This function is deprecated in favor of {_grantRole}.
             */
            function _setupRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual {
                _grantRole(role, account);
            }
            /**
             * @dev Sets `adminRole` as ``role``'s admin role.
             *
             * Emits a {RoleAdminChanged} event.
             */
            function _setRoleAdmin(bytes32 role, bytes32 adminRole) internal virtual {
                bytes32 previousAdminRole = getRoleAdmin(role);
                _roles[role].adminRole = adminRole;
                emit RoleAdminChanged(role, previousAdminRole, adminRole);
            }
            /**
             * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
             *
             * Internal function without access restriction.
             *
             * May emit a {RoleGranted} event.
             */
            function _grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual {
                if (!hasRole(role, account)) {
                    _roles[role].members[account] = true;
                    emit RoleGranted(role, account, _msgSender());
                }
            }
            /**
             * @dev Revokes `role` from `account`.
             *
             * Internal function without access restriction.
             *
             * May emit a {RoleRevoked} event.
             */
            function _revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual {
                if (hasRole(role, account)) {
                    _roles[role].members[account] = false;
                    emit RoleRevoked(role, account, _msgSender());
                }
            }
        }
        // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
        // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (access/Ownable.sol)
        pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
        import "../utils/Context.sol";
        /**
         * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
         * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
         * specific functions.
         *
         * By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
         * can later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
         *
         * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
         * `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
         * the owner.
         */
        abstract contract Ownable is Context {
            address private _owner;
            event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);
            /**
             * @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
             */
            constructor() {
                _transferOwnership(_msgSender());
            }
            /**
             * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
             */
            modifier onlyOwner() {
                _checkOwner();
                _;
            }
            /**
             * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
             */
            function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
                return _owner;
            }
            /**
             * @dev Throws if the sender is not the owner.
             */
            function _checkOwner() internal view virtual {
                require(owner() == _msgSender(), "Ownable: caller is not the owner");
            }
            /**
             * @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
             * `onlyOwner` functions anymore. Can only be called by the current owner.
             *
             * NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
             * thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the owner.
             */
            function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
                _transferOwnership(address(0));
            }
            /**
             * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
             * Can only be called by the current owner.
             */
            function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
                require(newOwner != address(0), "Ownable: new owner is the zero address");
                _transferOwnership(newOwner);
            }
            /**
             * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
             * Internal function without access restriction.
             */
            function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual {
                address oldOwner = _owner;
                _owner = newOwner;
                emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner);
            }
        }
        // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
        // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (token/common/ERC2981.sol)
        pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
        import "../../interfaces/IERC2981.sol";
        import "../../utils/introspection/ERC165.sol";
        /**
         * @dev Implementation of the NFT Royalty Standard, a standardized way to retrieve royalty payment information.
         *
         * Royalty information can be specified globally for all token ids via {_setDefaultRoyalty}, and/or individually for
         * specific token ids via {_setTokenRoyalty}. The latter takes precedence over the first.
         *
         * Royalty is specified as a fraction of sale price. {_feeDenominator} is overridable but defaults to 10000, meaning the
         * fee is specified in basis points by default.
         *
         * IMPORTANT: ERC-2981 only specifies a way to signal royalty information and does not enforce its payment. See
         * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2981#optional-royalty-payments[Rationale] in the EIP. Marketplaces are expected to
         * voluntarily pay royalties together with sales, but note that this standard is not yet widely supported.
         *
         * _Available since v4.5._
         */
        abstract contract ERC2981 is IERC2981, ERC165 {
            struct RoyaltyInfo {
                address receiver;
                uint96 royaltyFraction;
            }
            RoyaltyInfo private _defaultRoyaltyInfo;
            mapping(uint256 => RoyaltyInfo) private _tokenRoyaltyInfo;
            /**
             * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
             */
            function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(IERC165, ERC165) returns (bool) {
                return interfaceId == type(IERC2981).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
            }
            /**
             * @inheritdoc IERC2981
             */
            function royaltyInfo(uint256 _tokenId, uint256 _salePrice) public view virtual override returns (address, uint256) {
                RoyaltyInfo memory royalty = _tokenRoyaltyInfo[_tokenId];
                if (royalty.receiver == address(0)) {
                    royalty = _defaultRoyaltyInfo;
                }
                uint256 royaltyAmount = (_salePrice * royalty.royaltyFraction) / _feeDenominator();
                return (royalty.receiver, royaltyAmount);
            }
            /**
             * @dev The denominator with which to interpret the fee set in {_setTokenRoyalty} and {_setDefaultRoyalty} as a
             * fraction of the sale price. Defaults to 10000 so fees are expressed in basis points, but may be customized by an
             * override.
             */
            function _feeDenominator() internal pure virtual returns (uint96) {
                return 10000;
            }
            /**
             * @dev Sets the royalty information that all ids in this contract will default to.
             *
             * Requirements:
             *
             * - `receiver` cannot be the zero address.
             * - `feeNumerator` cannot be greater than the fee denominator.
             */
            function _setDefaultRoyalty(address receiver, uint96 feeNumerator) internal virtual {
                require(feeNumerator <= _feeDenominator(), "ERC2981: royalty fee will exceed salePrice");
                require(receiver != address(0), "ERC2981: invalid receiver");
                _defaultRoyaltyInfo = RoyaltyInfo(receiver, feeNumerator);
            }
            /**
             * @dev Removes default royalty information.
             */
            function _deleteDefaultRoyalty() internal virtual {
                delete _defaultRoyaltyInfo;
            }
            /**
             * @dev Sets the royalty information for a specific token id, overriding the global default.
             *
             * Requirements:
             *
             * - `receiver` cannot be the zero address.
             * - `feeNumerator` cannot be greater than the fee denominator.
             */
            function _setTokenRoyalty(
                uint256 tokenId,
                address receiver,
                uint96 feeNumerator
            ) internal virtual {
                require(feeNumerator <= _feeDenominator(), "ERC2981: royalty fee will exceed salePrice");
                require(receiver != address(0), "ERC2981: Invalid parameters");
                _tokenRoyaltyInfo[tokenId] = RoyaltyInfo(receiver, feeNumerator);
            }
            /**
             * @dev Resets royalty information for the token id back to the global default.
             */
            function _resetTokenRoyalty(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
                delete _tokenRoyaltyInfo[tokenId];
            }
        }
        // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
        // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (utils/math/Math.sol)
        pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
        /**
         * @dev Standard math utilities missing in the Solidity language.
         */
        library Math {
            enum Rounding {
                Down, // Toward negative infinity
                Up, // Toward infinity
                Zero // Toward zero
            }
            /**
             * @dev Returns the largest of two numbers.
             */
            function max(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                return a >= b ? a : b;
            }
            /**
             * @dev Returns the smallest of two numbers.
             */
            function min(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                return a < b ? a : b;
            }
            /**
             * @dev Returns the average of two numbers. The result is rounded towards
             * zero.
             */
            function average(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                // (a + b) / 2 can overflow.
                return (a & b) + (a ^ b) / 2;
            }
            /**
             * @dev Returns the ceiling of the division of two numbers.
             *
             * This differs from standard division with `/` in that it rounds up instead
             * of rounding down.
             */
            function ceilDiv(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                // (a + b - 1) / b can overflow on addition, so we distribute.
                return a == 0 ? 0 : (a - 1) / b + 1;
            }
            /**
             * @notice Calculates floor(x * y / denominator) with full precision. Throws if result overflows a uint256 or denominator == 0
             * @dev Original credit to Remco Bloemen under MIT license (https://xn--2-umb.com/21/muldiv)
             * with further edits by Uniswap Labs also under MIT license.
             */
            function mulDiv(
                uint256 x,
                uint256 y,
                uint256 denominator
            ) internal pure returns (uint256 result) {
                unchecked {
                    // 512-bit multiply [prod1 prod0] = x * y. Compute the product mod 2^256 and mod 2^256 - 1, then use
                    // use the Chinese Remainder Theorem to reconstruct the 512 bit result. The result is stored in two 256
                    // variables such that product = prod1 * 2^256 + prod0.
                    uint256 prod0; // Least significant 256 bits of the product
                    uint256 prod1; // Most significant 256 bits of the product
                    assembly {
                        let mm := mulmod(x, y, not(0))
                        prod0 := mul(x, y)
                        prod1 := sub(sub(mm, prod0), lt(mm, prod0))
                    }
                    // Handle non-overflow cases, 256 by 256 division.
                    if (prod1 == 0) {
                        return prod0 / denominator;
                    }
                    // Make sure the result is less than 2^256. Also prevents denominator == 0.
                    require(denominator > prod1);
                    ///////////////////////////////////////////////
                    // 512 by 256 division.
                    ///////////////////////////////////////////////
                    // Make division exact by subtracting the remainder from [prod1 prod0].
                    uint256 remainder;
                    assembly {
                        // Compute remainder using mulmod.
                        remainder := mulmod(x, y, denominator)
                        // Subtract 256 bit number from 512 bit number.
                        prod1 := sub(prod1, gt(remainder, prod0))
                        prod0 := sub(prod0, remainder)
                    }
                    // Factor powers of two out of denominator and compute largest power of two divisor of denominator. Always >= 1.
                    // See https://cs.stackexchange.com/q/138556/92363.
                    // Does not overflow because the denominator cannot be zero at this stage in the function.
                    uint256 twos = denominator & (~denominator + 1);
                    assembly {
                        // Divide denominator by twos.
                        denominator := div(denominator, twos)
                        // Divide [prod1 prod0] by twos.
                        prod0 := div(prod0, twos)
                        // Flip twos such that it is 2^256 / twos. If twos is zero, then it becomes one.
                        twos := add(div(sub(0, twos), twos), 1)
                    }
                    // Shift in bits from prod1 into prod0.
                    prod0 |= prod1 * twos;
                    // Invert denominator mod 2^256. Now that denominator is an odd number, it has an inverse modulo 2^256 such
                    // that denominator * inv = 1 mod 2^256. Compute the inverse by starting with a seed that is correct for
                    // four bits. That is, denominator * inv = 1 mod 2^4.
                    uint256 inverse = (3 * denominator) ^ 2;
                    // Use the Newton-Raphson iteration to improve the precision. Thanks to Hensel's lifting lemma, this also works
                    // in modular arithmetic, doubling the correct bits in each step.
                    inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^8
                    inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^16
                    inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^32
                    inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^64
                    inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^128
                    inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^256
                    // Because the division is now exact we can divide by multiplying with the modular inverse of denominator.
                    // This will give us the correct result modulo 2^256. Since the preconditions guarantee that the outcome is
                    // less than 2^256, this is the final result. We don't need to compute the high bits of the result and prod1
                    // is no longer required.
                    result = prod0 * inverse;
                    return result;
                }
            }
            /**
             * @notice Calculates x * y / denominator with full precision, following the selected rounding direction.
             */
            function mulDiv(
                uint256 x,
                uint256 y,
                uint256 denominator,
                Rounding rounding
            ) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                uint256 result = mulDiv(x, y, denominator);
                if (rounding == Rounding.Up && mulmod(x, y, denominator) > 0) {
                    result += 1;
                }
                return result;
            }
            /**
             * @dev Returns the square root of a number. It the number is not a perfect square, the value is rounded down.
             *
             * Inspired by Henry S. Warren, Jr.'s "Hacker's Delight" (Chapter 11).
             */
            function sqrt(uint256 a) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                if (a == 0) {
                    return 0;
                }
                // For our first guess, we get the biggest power of 2 which is smaller than the square root of the target.
                // We know that the "msb" (most significant bit) of our target number `a` is a power of 2 such that we have
                // `msb(a) <= a < 2*msb(a)`.
                // We also know that `k`, the position of the most significant bit, is such that `msb(a) = 2**k`.
                // This gives `2**k < a <= 2**(k+1)` → `2**(k/2) <= sqrt(a) < 2 ** (k/2+1)`.
                // Using an algorithm similar to the msb conmputation, we are able to compute `result = 2**(k/2)` which is a
                // good first aproximation of `sqrt(a)` with at least 1 correct bit.
                uint256 result = 1;
                uint256 x = a;
                if (x >> 128 > 0) {
                    x >>= 128;
                    result <<= 64;
                }
                if (x >> 64 > 0) {
                    x >>= 64;
                    result <<= 32;
                }
                if (x >> 32 > 0) {
                    x >>= 32;
                    result <<= 16;
                }
                if (x >> 16 > 0) {
                    x >>= 16;
                    result <<= 8;
                }
                if (x >> 8 > 0) {
                    x >>= 8;
                    result <<= 4;
                }
                if (x >> 4 > 0) {
                    x >>= 4;
                    result <<= 2;
                }
                if (x >> 2 > 0) {
                    result <<= 1;
                }
                // At this point `result` is an estimation with one bit of precision. We know the true value is a uint128,
                // since it is the square root of a uint256. Newton's method converges quadratically (precision doubles at
                // every iteration). We thus need at most 7 iteration to turn our partial result with one bit of precision
                // into the expected uint128 result.
                unchecked {
                    result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
                    result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
                    result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
                    result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
                    result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
                    result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
                    result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
                    return min(result, a / result);
                }
            }
            /**
             * @notice Calculates sqrt(a), following the selected rounding direction.
             */
            function sqrt(uint256 a, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                uint256 result = sqrt(a);
                if (rounding == Rounding.Up && result * result < a) {
                    result += 1;
                }
                return result;
            }
        }
        // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
        pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
        import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/cryptography/MerkleProof.sol";
        contract MerkleDistributorV2 {
            bytes32 public merkleRoot;
            bool public allowListActive = false;
            mapping(address => uint256) private _allowListNumMinted;
            /**
             * allow list is not active
             */
            error AllowListIsNotActive();
            /**
             * cannot mint if not on allow list
             */
            error NotOnAllowList();
            /**
             * cannot mint past number of tokens allotted
             */
            error PurchaseWouldExceedMaximumAllowListMint();
            /**
             * @dev emitted when an account has claimed some tokens
             */
            event Claimed(address indexed account, uint256 amount);
            /**
             * @dev emitted when the merkle root has changed
             */
            event MerkleRootChanged(bytes32 merkleRoot);
            /**
             * @notice throws when allow list is not active
             */
            modifier isAllowListActive() {
                if (!allowListActive) revert AllowListIsNotActive();
                _;
            }
            /**
             * @notice throws when number of tokens and the amount to claim exceeds total token amount
             * @param to the address to check
             * @param numberOfTokens the number of tokens to be minted
             * @param totalTokenAmount the total amount allowed
             */
            modifier tokensAvailable(
                address to,
                uint256 numberOfTokens,
                uint256 totalTokenAmount
            ) {
                uint256 claimed = getAllowListMinted(to);
                if (claimed + numberOfTokens > totalTokenAmount) revert PurchaseWouldExceedMaximumAllowListMint();
                _;
            }
            /**
             * @notice throws when merkle parameters sent by claimer is incorrect
             * @param claimer the address of the claimer
             * @param proof the merkle proof
             */
            modifier ableToClaim(address claimer, bytes32[] memory proof) {
                if (!onAllowList(claimer, proof)) revert NotOnAllowList();
                _;
            }
            /**
             * @notice sets the state of the allow list
             * @param allowListActive_ the state of the allow list
             */
            function _setAllowListActive(bool allowListActive_) internal virtual {
                allowListActive = allowListActive_;
            }
            /**
             * @notice sets the merkle root
             * @param merkleRoot_ the merkle root
             */
            function _setAllowList(bytes32 merkleRoot_) internal virtual {
                merkleRoot = merkleRoot_;
                emit MerkleRootChanged(merkleRoot);
            }
            /**
             * @notice adds the number of tokens to the incoming address
             * @param to the address
             * @param numberOfTokens the number of tokens to be minted
             */
            function _setAllowListMinted(address to, uint256 numberOfTokens) internal virtual {
                _allowListNumMinted[to] += numberOfTokens;
                emit Claimed(to, numberOfTokens);
            }
            /**
             * @notice gets the number of tokens from the address
             * @param from the address to check
             */
            function getAllowListMinted(address from) public view virtual returns (uint256) {
                return _allowListNumMinted[from];
            }
            /**
             * @notice checks if the claimer has a valid proof
             * @param claimer the address of the claimer
             * @param proof the merkle proof
             */
            function onAllowList(address claimer, bytes32[] memory proof) public view returns (bool) {
                bytes32 leaf = keccak256(abi.encodePacked(claimer));
                return MerkleProof.verify(proof, merkleRoot, leaf);
            }
        }
        // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
        pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
        import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/math/Math.sol";
        contract ClaimBitmap {
            uint256[] public claimedBitmap;
            /**
             * Cannot reallocate memory if initialized
             */
            error BitmapAlreadyInitialized();
            /**
             * @notice emitted when an account has claimed a token id
             */
            event ClaimedForTokenId(uint256 indexed tokenId);
            /**
             * @notice initialize the claim bitmap array
             * @param maximumTokens the maximum amount of tokens
             */
            function _initializeBitmap(uint256 maximumTokens) internal {
                if (claimedBitmap.length != 0) revert BitmapAlreadyInitialized();
                uint256 bitMapSize = Math.ceilDiv(maximumTokens, 256);
                claimedBitmap = new uint256[](bitMapSize);
            }
            /**
             * @notice checks to see if a token id has been claimed
             * @param tokenId the token id
             */
            function isClaimed(uint256 tokenId) public view returns (bool) {
                uint256 claimedWordIndex = tokenId / 256;
                uint256 claimedBitIndex = tokenId % 256;
                uint256 claimedWord = claimedBitmap[claimedWordIndex];
                uint256 mask = (1 << claimedBitIndex);
                return claimedWord & mask == mask;
            }
            /**
             * @notice sets the token id as claimed
             * @param tokenId the token id
             */
            function _setClaimed(uint256 tokenId) internal {
                uint256 claimedWordIndex = tokenId / 256;
                uint256 claimedBitIndex = tokenId % 256;
                claimedBitmap[claimedWordIndex] = claimedBitmap[claimedWordIndex] | (1 << claimedBitIndex);
                emit ClaimedForTokenId(tokenId);
            }
        }
        // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
        // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (token/ERC721/IERC721.sol)
        pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
        import "../../utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
        /**
         * @dev Required interface of an ERC721 compliant contract.
         */
        interface IERC721 is IERC165 {
            /**
             * @dev Emitted when `tokenId` token is transferred from `from` to `to`.
             */
            event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 indexed tokenId);
            /**
             * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables `approved` to manage the `tokenId` token.
             */
            event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed approved, uint256 indexed tokenId);
            /**
             * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables or disables (`approved`) `operator` to manage all of its assets.
             */
            event ApprovalForAll(address indexed owner, address indexed operator, bool approved);
            /**
             * @dev Returns the number of tokens in ``owner``'s account.
             */
            function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint256 balance);
            /**
             * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
             *
             * Requirements:
             *
             * - `tokenId` must exist.
             */
            function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address owner);
            /**
             * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
             *
             * Requirements:
             *
             * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
             * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
             * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
             * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
             * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
             *
             * Emits a {Transfer} event.
             */
            function safeTransferFrom(
                address from,
                address to,
                uint256 tokenId,
                bytes calldata data
            ) external;
            /**
             * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`, checking first that contract recipients
             * are aware of the ERC721 protocol to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
             *
             * Requirements:
             *
             * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
             * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
             * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
             * - If the caller is not `from`, it must have been allowed to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
             * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
             *
             * Emits a {Transfer} event.
             */
            function safeTransferFrom(
                address from,
                address to,
                uint256 tokenId
            ) external;
            /**
             * @dev Transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
             *
             * WARNING: Usage of this method is discouraged, use {safeTransferFrom} whenever possible.
             *
             * Requirements:
             *
             * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
             * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
             * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
             * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
             *
             * Emits a {Transfer} event.
             */
            function transferFrom(
                address from,
                address to,
                uint256 tokenId
            ) external;
            /**
             * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
             * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
             *
             * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the zero address clears previous approvals.
             *
             * Requirements:
             *
             * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
             * - `tokenId` must exist.
             *
             * Emits an {Approval} event.
             */
            function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) external;
            /**
             * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
             * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom} for any token owned by the caller.
             *
             * Requirements:
             *
             * - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
             *
             * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
             */
            function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool _approved) external;
            /**
             * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
             *
             * Requirements:
             *
             * - `tokenId` must exist.
             */
            function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address operator);
            /**
             * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
             *
             * See {setApprovalForAll}
             */
            function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) external view returns (bool);
        }
        // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
        // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (token/ERC721/IERC721Receiver.sol)
        pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
        /**
         * @title ERC721 token receiver interface
         * @dev Interface for any contract that wants to support safeTransfers
         * from ERC721 asset contracts.
         */
        interface IERC721Receiver {
            /**
             * @dev Whenever an {IERC721} `tokenId` token is transferred to this contract via {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}
             * by `operator` from `from`, this function is called.
             *
             * It must return its Solidity selector to confirm the token transfer.
             * If any other value is returned or the interface is not implemented by the recipient, the transfer will be reverted.
             *
             * The selector can be obtained in Solidity with `IERC721Receiver.onERC721Received.selector`.
             */
            function onERC721Received(
                address operator,
                address from,
                uint256 tokenId,
                bytes calldata data
            ) external returns (bytes4);
        }
        // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
        // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC721/extensions/IERC721Metadata.sol)
        pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
        import "../IERC721.sol";
        /**
         * @title ERC-721 Non-Fungible Token Standard, optional metadata extension
         * @dev See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721
         */
        interface IERC721Metadata is IERC721 {
            /**
             * @dev Returns the token collection name.
             */
            function name() external view returns (string memory);
            /**
             * @dev Returns the token collection symbol.
             */
            function symbol() external view returns (string memory);
            /**
             * @dev Returns the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for `tokenId` token.
             */
            function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (string memory);
        }
        // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
        // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (utils/Address.sol)
        pragma solidity ^0.8.1;
        /**
         * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
         */
        library Address {
            /**
             * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
             *
             * [IMPORTANT]
             * ====
             * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
             * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
             *
             * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
             * types of addresses:
             *
             *  - an externally-owned account
             *  - a contract in construction
             *  - an address where a contract will be created
             *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
             * ====
             *
             * [IMPORTANT]
             * ====
             * You shouldn't rely on `isContract` to protect against flash loan attacks!
             *
             * Preventing calls from contracts is highly discouraged. It breaks composability, breaks support for smart wallets
             * like Gnosis Safe, and does not provide security since it can be circumvented by calling from a contract
             * constructor.
             * ====
             */
            function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
                // This method relies on extcodesize/address.code.length, which returns 0
                // for contracts in construction, since the code is only stored at the end
                // of the constructor execution.
                return account.code.length > 0;
            }
            /**
             * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
             * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
             *
             * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
             * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
             * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
             * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
             *
             * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
             *
             * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
             * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
             * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
             * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
             */
            function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
                require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
                (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
                require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
            }
            /**
             * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
             * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
             * function instead.
             *
             * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
             * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
             *
             * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
             * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
             *
             * Requirements:
             *
             * - `target` must be a contract.
             * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
             *
             * _Available since v3.1._
             */
            function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                return functionCall(target, data, "Address: low-level call failed");
            }
            /**
             * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
             * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
             *
             * _Available since v3.1._
             */
            function functionCall(
                address target,
                bytes memory data,
                string memory errorMessage
            ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
            }
            /**
             * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
             * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
             *
             * Requirements:
             *
             * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
             * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
             *
             * _Available since v3.1._
             */
            function functionCallWithValue(
                address target,
                bytes memory data,
                uint256 value
            ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
            }
            /**
             * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
             * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
             *
             * _Available since v3.1._
             */
            function functionCallWithValue(
                address target,
                bytes memory data,
                uint256 value,
                string memory errorMessage
            ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
                require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
                (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
                return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
            }
            /**
             * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
             * but performing a static call.
             *
             * _Available since v3.3._
             */
            function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
                return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
            }
            /**
             * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
             * but performing a static call.
             *
             * _Available since v3.3._
             */
            function functionStaticCall(
                address target,
                bytes memory data,
                string memory errorMessage
            ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
                require(isContract(target), "Address: static call to non-contract");
                (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
                return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
            }
            /**
             * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
             * but performing a delegate call.
             *
             * _Available since v3.4._
             */
            function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                return functionDelegateCall(target, data, "Address: low-level delegate call failed");
            }
            /**
             * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
             * but performing a delegate call.
             *
             * _Available since v3.4._
             */
            function functionDelegateCall(
                address target,
                bytes memory data,
                string memory errorMessage
            ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                require(isContract(target), "Address: delegate call to non-contract");
                (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
                return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
            }
            /**
             * @dev Tool to verifies that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
             * revert reason using the provided one.
             *
             * _Available since v4.3._
             */
            function verifyCallResult(
                bool success,
                bytes memory returndata,
                string memory errorMessage
            ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
                if (success) {
                    return returndata;
                } else {
                    // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
                    if (returndata.length > 0) {
                        // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
                        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
                        assembly {
                            let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                            revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
                        }
                    } else {
                        revert(errorMessage);
                    }
                }
            }
        }
        // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
        // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)
        pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
        /**
         * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
         * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
         * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
         * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
         * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
         * is concerned).
         *
         * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
         */
        abstract contract Context {
            function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
                return msg.sender;
            }
            function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
                return msg.data;
            }
        }
        // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
        // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (utils/Strings.sol)
        pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
        /**
         * @dev String operations.
         */
        library Strings {
            bytes16 private constant _HEX_SYMBOLS = "0123456789abcdef";
            uint8 private constant _ADDRESS_LENGTH = 20;
            /**
             * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` decimal representation.
             */
            function toString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
                // Inspired by OraclizeAPI's implementation - MIT licence
                // https://github.com/oraclize/ethereum-api/blob/b42146b063c7d6ee1358846c198246239e9360e8/oraclizeAPI_0.4.25.sol
                if (value == 0) {
                    return "0";
                }
                uint256 temp = value;
                uint256 digits;
                while (temp != 0) {
                    digits++;
                    temp /= 10;
                }
                bytes memory buffer = new bytes(digits);
                while (value != 0) {
                    digits -= 1;
                    buffer[digits] = bytes1(uint8(48 + uint256(value % 10)));
                    value /= 10;
                }
                return string(buffer);
            }
            /**
             * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
             */
            function toHexString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
                if (value == 0) {
                    return "0x00";
                }
                uint256 temp = value;
                uint256 length = 0;
                while (temp != 0) {
                    length++;
                    temp >>= 8;
                }
                return toHexString(value, length);
            }
            /**
             * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation with fixed length.
             */
            function toHexString(uint256 value, uint256 length) internal pure returns (string memory) {
                bytes memory buffer = new bytes(2 * length + 2);
                buffer[0] = "0";
                buffer[1] = "x";
                for (uint256 i = 2 * length + 1; i > 1; --i) {
                    buffer[i] = _HEX_SYMBOLS[value & 0xf];
                    value >>= 4;
                }
                require(value == 0, "Strings: hex length insufficient");
                return string(buffer);
            }
            /**
             * @dev Converts an `address` with fixed length of 20 bytes to its not checksummed ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
             */
            function toHexString(address addr) internal pure returns (string memory) {
                return toHexString(uint256(uint160(addr)), _ADDRESS_LENGTH);
            }
        }
        // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
        // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/ERC165.sol)
        pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
        import "./IERC165.sol";
        /**
         * @dev Implementation of the {IERC165} interface.
         *
         * Contracts that want to implement ERC165 should inherit from this contract and override {supportsInterface} to check
         * for the additional interface id that will be supported. For example:
         *
         * ```solidity
         * function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
         *     return interfaceId == type(MyInterface).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
         * }
         * ```
         *
         * Alternatively, {ERC165Storage} provides an easier to use but more expensive implementation.
         */
        abstract contract ERC165 is IERC165 {
            /**
             * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
             */
            function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
                return interfaceId == type(IERC165).interfaceId;
            }
        }
        // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
        // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/IERC165.sol)
        pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
        /**
         * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
         * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
         *
         * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
         * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
         *
         * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
         */
        interface IERC165 {
            /**
             * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
             * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
             * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
             * to learn more about how these ids are created.
             *
             * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
             */
            function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
        }
        // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
        // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (access/IAccessControl.sol)
        pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
        /**
         * @dev External interface of AccessControl declared to support ERC165 detection.
         */
        interface IAccessControl {
            /**
             * @dev Emitted when `newAdminRole` is set as ``role``'s admin role, replacing `previousAdminRole`
             *
             * `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` is the starting admin for all roles, despite
             * {RoleAdminChanged} not being emitted signaling this.
             *
             * _Available since v3.1._
             */
            event RoleAdminChanged(bytes32 indexed role, bytes32 indexed previousAdminRole, bytes32 indexed newAdminRole);
            /**
             * @dev Emitted when `account` is granted `role`.
             *
             * `sender` is the account that originated the contract call, an admin role
             * bearer except when using {AccessControl-_setupRole}.
             */
            event RoleGranted(bytes32 indexed role, address indexed account, address indexed sender);
            /**
             * @dev Emitted when `account` is revoked `role`.
             *
             * `sender` is the account that originated the contract call:
             *   - if using `revokeRole`, it is the admin role bearer
             *   - if using `renounceRole`, it is the role bearer (i.e. `account`)
             */
            event RoleRevoked(bytes32 indexed role, address indexed account, address indexed sender);
            /**
             * @dev Returns `true` if `account` has been granted `role`.
             */
            function hasRole(bytes32 role, address account) external view returns (bool);
            /**
             * @dev Returns the admin role that controls `role`. See {grantRole} and
             * {revokeRole}.
             *
             * To change a role's admin, use {AccessControl-_setRoleAdmin}.
             */
            function getRoleAdmin(bytes32 role) external view returns (bytes32);
            /**
             * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
             *
             * If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted}
             * event.
             *
             * Requirements:
             *
             * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
             */
            function grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;
            /**
             * @dev Revokes `role` from `account`.
             *
             * If `account` had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked} event.
             *
             * Requirements:
             *
             * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
             */
            function revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;
            /**
             * @dev Revokes `role` from the calling account.
             *
             * Roles are often managed via {grantRole} and {revokeRole}: this function's
             * purpose is to provide a mechanism for accounts to lose their privileges
             * if they are compromised (such as when a trusted device is misplaced).
             *
             * If the calling account had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked}
             * event.
             *
             * Requirements:
             *
             * - the caller must be `account`.
             */
            function renounceRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;
        }
        // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
        // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (interfaces/IERC2981.sol)
        pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
        import "../utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
        /**
         * @dev Interface for the NFT Royalty Standard.
         *
         * A standardized way to retrieve royalty payment information for non-fungible tokens (NFTs) to enable universal
         * support for royalty payments across all NFT marketplaces and ecosystem participants.
         *
         * _Available since v4.5._
         */
        interface IERC2981 is IERC165 {
            /**
             * @dev Returns how much royalty is owed and to whom, based on a sale price that may be denominated in any unit of
             * exchange. The royalty amount is denominated and should be paid in that same unit of exchange.
             */
            function royaltyInfo(uint256 tokenId, uint256 salePrice)
                external
                view
                returns (address receiver, uint256 royaltyAmount);
        }
        // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
        // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (utils/cryptography/MerkleProof.sol)
        pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
        /**
         * @dev These functions deal with verification of Merkle Tree proofs.
         *
         * The proofs can be generated using the JavaScript library
         * https://github.com/miguelmota/merkletreejs[merkletreejs].
         * Note: the hashing algorithm should be keccak256 and pair sorting should be enabled.
         *
         * See `test/utils/cryptography/MerkleProof.test.js` for some examples.
         *
         * WARNING: You should avoid using leaf values that are 64 bytes long prior to
         * hashing, or use a hash function other than keccak256 for hashing leaves.
         * This is because the concatenation of a sorted pair of internal nodes in
         * the merkle tree could be reinterpreted as a leaf value.
         */
        library MerkleProof {
            /**
             * @dev Returns true if a `leaf` can be proved to be a part of a Merkle tree
             * defined by `root`. For this, a `proof` must be provided, containing
             * sibling hashes on the branch from the leaf to the root of the tree. Each
             * pair of leaves and each pair of pre-images are assumed to be sorted.
             */
            function verify(
                bytes32[] memory proof,
                bytes32 root,
                bytes32 leaf
            ) internal pure returns (bool) {
                return processProof(proof, leaf) == root;
            }
            /**
             * @dev Calldata version of {verify}
             *
             * _Available since v4.7._
             */
            function verifyCalldata(
                bytes32[] calldata proof,
                bytes32 root,
                bytes32 leaf
            ) internal pure returns (bool) {
                return processProofCalldata(proof, leaf) == root;
            }
            /**
             * @dev Returns the rebuilt hash obtained by traversing a Merkle tree up
             * from `leaf` using `proof`. A `proof` is valid if and only if the rebuilt
             * hash matches the root of the tree. When processing the proof, the pairs
             * of leafs & pre-images are assumed to be sorted.
             *
             * _Available since v4.4._
             */
            function processProof(bytes32[] memory proof, bytes32 leaf) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
                bytes32 computedHash = leaf;
                for (uint256 i = 0; i < proof.length; i++) {
                    computedHash = _hashPair(computedHash, proof[i]);
                }
                return computedHash;
            }
            /**
             * @dev Calldata version of {processProof}
             *
             * _Available since v4.7._
             */
            function processProofCalldata(bytes32[] calldata proof, bytes32 leaf) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
                bytes32 computedHash = leaf;
                for (uint256 i = 0; i < proof.length; i++) {
                    computedHash = _hashPair(computedHash, proof[i]);
                }
                return computedHash;
            }
            /**
             * @dev Returns true if the `leaves` can be proved to be a part of a Merkle tree defined by
             * `root`, according to `proof` and `proofFlags` as described in {processMultiProof}.
             *
             * _Available since v4.7._
             */
            function multiProofVerify(
                bytes32[] memory proof,
                bool[] memory proofFlags,
                bytes32 root,
                bytes32[] memory leaves
            ) internal pure returns (bool) {
                return processMultiProof(proof, proofFlags, leaves) == root;
            }
            /**
             * @dev Calldata version of {multiProofVerify}
             *
             * _Available since v4.7._
             */
            function multiProofVerifyCalldata(
                bytes32[] calldata proof,
                bool[] calldata proofFlags,
                bytes32 root,
                bytes32[] memory leaves
            ) internal pure returns (bool) {
                return processMultiProofCalldata(proof, proofFlags, leaves) == root;
            }
            /**
             * @dev Returns the root of a tree reconstructed from `leaves` and the sibling nodes in `proof`,
             * consuming from one or the other at each step according to the instructions given by
             * `proofFlags`.
             *
             * _Available since v4.7._
             */
            function processMultiProof(
                bytes32[] memory proof,
                bool[] memory proofFlags,
                bytes32[] memory leaves
            ) internal pure returns (bytes32 merkleRoot) {
                // This function rebuild the root hash by traversing the tree up from the leaves. The root is rebuilt by
                // consuming and producing values on a queue. The queue starts with the `leaves` array, then goes onto the
                // `hashes` array. At the end of the process, the last hash in the `hashes` array should contain the root of
                // the merkle tree.
                uint256 leavesLen = leaves.length;
                uint256 totalHashes = proofFlags.length;
                // Check proof validity.
                require(leavesLen + proof.length - 1 == totalHashes, "MerkleProof: invalid multiproof");
                // The xxxPos values are "pointers" to the next value to consume in each array. All accesses are done using
                // `xxx[xxxPos++]`, which return the current value and increment the pointer, thus mimicking a queue's "pop".
                bytes32[] memory hashes = new bytes32[](totalHashes);
                uint256 leafPos = 0;
                uint256 hashPos = 0;
                uint256 proofPos = 0;
                // At each step, we compute the next hash using two values:
                // - a value from the "main queue". If not all leaves have been consumed, we get the next leaf, otherwise we
                //   get the next hash.
                // - depending on the flag, either another value for the "main queue" (merging branches) or an element from the
                //   `proof` array.
                for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalHashes; i++) {
                    bytes32 a = leafPos < leavesLen ? leaves[leafPos++] : hashes[hashPos++];
                    bytes32 b = proofFlags[i] ? leafPos < leavesLen ? leaves[leafPos++] : hashes[hashPos++] : proof[proofPos++];
                    hashes[i] = _hashPair(a, b);
                }
                if (totalHashes > 0) {
                    return hashes[totalHashes - 1];
                } else if (leavesLen > 0) {
                    return leaves[0];
                } else {
                    return proof[0];
                }
            }
            /**
             * @dev Calldata version of {processMultiProof}
             *
             * _Available since v4.7._
             */
            function processMultiProofCalldata(
                bytes32[] calldata proof,
                bool[] calldata proofFlags,
                bytes32[] memory leaves
            ) internal pure returns (bytes32 merkleRoot) {
                // This function rebuild the root hash by traversing the tree up from the leaves. The root is rebuilt by
                // consuming and producing values on a queue. The queue starts with the `leaves` array, then goes onto the
                // `hashes` array. At the end of the process, the last hash in the `hashes` array should contain the root of
                // the merkle tree.
                uint256 leavesLen = leaves.length;
                uint256 totalHashes = proofFlags.length;
                // Check proof validity.
                require(leavesLen + proof.length - 1 == totalHashes, "MerkleProof: invalid multiproof");
                // The xxxPos values are "pointers" to the next value to consume in each array. All accesses are done using
                // `xxx[xxxPos++]`, which return the current value and increment the pointer, thus mimicking a queue's "pop".
                bytes32[] memory hashes = new bytes32[](totalHashes);
                uint256 leafPos = 0;
                uint256 hashPos = 0;
                uint256 proofPos = 0;
                // At each step, we compute the next hash using two values:
                // - a value from the "main queue". If not all leaves have been consumed, we get the next leaf, otherwise we
                //   get the next hash.
                // - depending on the flag, either another value for the "main queue" (merging branches) or an element from the
                //   `proof` array.
                for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalHashes; i++) {
                    bytes32 a = leafPos < leavesLen ? leaves[leafPos++] : hashes[hashPos++];
                    bytes32 b = proofFlags[i] ? leafPos < leavesLen ? leaves[leafPos++] : hashes[hashPos++] : proof[proofPos++];
                    hashes[i] = _hashPair(a, b);
                }
                if (totalHashes > 0) {
                    return hashes[totalHashes - 1];
                } else if (leavesLen > 0) {
                    return leaves[0];
                } else {
                    return proof[0];
                }
            }
            function _hashPair(bytes32 a, bytes32 b) private pure returns (bytes32) {
                return a < b ? _efficientHash(a, b) : _efficientHash(b, a);
            }
            function _efficientHash(bytes32 a, bytes32 b) private pure returns (bytes32 value) {
                /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
                assembly {
                    mstore(0x00, a)
                    mstore(0x20, b)
                    value := keccak256(0x00, 0x40)
                }
            }
        }
        

        File 4 of 6: ATARI50
        // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
        pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
        
        /**
         * @dev String operations.
         */
        library Strings {
            bytes16 private constant _HEX_SYMBOLS = "0123456789abcdef";
        
            /**
             * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` decimal representation.
             */
            function toString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
                // Inspired by OraclizeAPI's implementation - MIT licence
                // https://github.com/oraclize/ethereum-api/blob/b42146b063c7d6ee1358846c198246239e9360e8/oraclizeAPI_0.4.25.sol
        
                if (value == 0) {
                    return "0";
                }
                uint256 temp = value;
                uint256 digits;
                while (temp != 0) {
                    digits++;
                    temp /= 10;
                }
                bytes memory buffer = new bytes(digits);
                while (value != 0) {
                    digits -= 1;
                    buffer[digits] = bytes1(uint8(48 + uint256(value % 10)));
                    value /= 10;
                }
                return string(buffer);
            }
        
            /**
             * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
             */
            function toHexString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
                if (value == 0) {
                    return "0x00";
                }
                uint256 temp = value;
                uint256 length = 0;
                while (temp != 0) {
                    length++;
                    temp >>= 8;
                }
                return toHexString(value, length);
            }
        
            /**
             * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation with fixed length.
             */
            function toHexString(uint256 value, uint256 length) internal pure returns (string memory) {
                bytes memory buffer = new bytes(2 * length + 2);
                buffer[0] = "0";
                buffer[1] = "x";
                for (uint256 i = 2 * length + 1; i > 1; --i) {
                    buffer[i] = _HEX_SYMBOLS[value & 0xf];
                    value >>= 4;
                }
                require(value == 0, "Strings: hex length insufficient");
                return string(buffer);
            }
        }
        // File: ECDSA.sol
        
        
        // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/cryptography/ECDSA.sol)
        
        pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
        
        
        /**
         * @dev Elliptic Curve Digital Signature Algorithm (ECDSA) operations.
         *
         * These functions can be used to verify that a message was signed by the holder
         * of the private keys of a given address.
         */
        library ECDSA {
            enum RecoverError {
                NoError,
                InvalidSignature,
                InvalidSignatureLength,
                InvalidSignatureS,
                InvalidSignatureV
            }
        
            function _throwError(RecoverError error) private pure {
                if (error == RecoverError.NoError) {
                    return; // no error: do nothing
                } else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignature) {
                    revert("ECDSA: invalid signature");
                } else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignatureLength) {
                    revert("ECDSA: invalid signature length");
                } else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignatureS) {
                    revert("ECDSA: invalid signature 's' value");
                } else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignatureV) {
                    revert("ECDSA: invalid signature 'v' value");
                }
            }
        
            /**
             * @dev Returns the address that signed a hashed message (`hash`) with
             * `signature` or error string. This address can then be used for verification purposes.
             *
             * The `ecrecover` EVM opcode allows for malleable (non-unique) signatures:
             * this function rejects them by requiring the `s` value to be in the lower
             * half order, and the `v` value to be either 27 or 28.
             *
             * IMPORTANT: `hash` _must_ be the result of a hash operation for the
             * verification to be secure: it is possible to craft signatures that
             * recover to arbitrary addresses for non-hashed data. A safe way to ensure
             * this is by receiving a hash of the original message (which may otherwise
             * be too long), and then calling {toEthSignedMessageHash} on it.
             *
             * Documentation for signature generation:
             * - with https://web3js.readthedocs.io/en/v1.3.4/web3-eth-accounts.html#sign[Web3.js]
             * - with https://docs.ethers.io/v5/api/signer/#Signer-signMessage[ethers]
             *
             * _Available since v4.3._
             */
            function tryRecover(bytes32 hash, bytes memory signature) internal pure returns (address, RecoverError) {
                // Check the signature length
                // - case 65: r,s,v signature (standard)
                // - case 64: r,vs signature (cf https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2098) _Available since v4.1._
                if (signature.length == 65) {
                    bytes32 r;
                    bytes32 s;
                    uint8 v;
                    // ecrecover takes the signature parameters, and the only way to get them
                    // currently is to use assembly.
                    assembly {
                        r := mload(add(signature, 0x20))
                        s := mload(add(signature, 0x40))
                        v := byte(0, mload(add(signature, 0x60)))
                    }
                    return tryRecover(hash, v, r, s);
                } else if (signature.length == 64) {
                    bytes32 r;
                    bytes32 vs;
                    // ecrecover takes the signature parameters, and the only way to get them
                    // currently is to use assembly.
                    assembly {
                        r := mload(add(signature, 0x20))
                        vs := mload(add(signature, 0x40))
                    }
                    return tryRecover(hash, r, vs);
                } else {
                    return (address(0), RecoverError.InvalidSignatureLength);
                }
            }
        
            /**
             * @dev Returns the address that signed a hashed message (`hash`) with
             * `signature`. This address can then be used for verification purposes.
             *
             * The `ecrecover` EVM opcode allows for malleable (non-unique) signatures:
             * this function rejects them by requiring the `s` value to be in the lower
             * half order, and the `v` value to be either 27 or 28.
             *
             * IMPORTANT: `hash` _must_ be the result of a hash operation for the
             * verification to be secure: it is possible to craft signatures that
             * recover to arbitrary addresses for non-hashed data. A safe way to ensure
             * this is by receiving a hash of the original message (which may otherwise
             * be too long), and then calling {toEthSignedMessageHash} on it.
             */
            function recover(bytes32 hash, bytes memory signature) internal pure returns (address) {
                (address recovered, RecoverError error) = tryRecover(hash, signature);
                _throwError(error);
                return recovered;
            }
        
            /**
             * @dev Overload of {ECDSA-tryRecover} that receives the `r` and `vs` short-signature fields separately.
             *
             * See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2098[EIP-2098 short signatures]
             *
             * _Available since v4.3._
             */
            function tryRecover(
                bytes32 hash,
                bytes32 r,
                bytes32 vs
            ) internal pure returns (address, RecoverError) {
                bytes32 s = vs & bytes32(0x7fffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff);
                uint8 v = uint8((uint256(vs) >> 255) + 27);
                return tryRecover(hash, v, r, s);
            }
        
            /**
             * @dev Overload of {ECDSA-recover} that receives the `r and `vs` short-signature fields separately.
             *
             * _Available since v4.2._
             */
            function recover(
                bytes32 hash,
                bytes32 r,
                bytes32 vs
            ) internal pure returns (address) {
                (address recovered, RecoverError error) = tryRecover(hash, r, vs);
                _throwError(error);
                return recovered;
            }
        
            /**
             * @dev Overload of {ECDSA-tryRecover} that receives the `v`,
             * `r` and `s` signature fields separately.
             *
             * _Available since v4.3._
             */
            function tryRecover(
                bytes32 hash,
                uint8 v,
                bytes32 r,
                bytes32 s
            ) internal pure returns (address, RecoverError) {
                // EIP-2 still allows signature malleability for ecrecover(). Remove this possibility and make the signature
                // unique. Appendix F in the Ethereum Yellow paper (https://ethereum.github.io/yellowpaper/paper.pdf), defines
                // the valid range for s in (301): 0 < s < secp256k1n ÷ 2 + 1, and for v in (302): v ∈ {27, 28}. Most
                // signatures from current libraries generate a unique signature with an s-value in the lower half order.
                //
                // If your library generates malleable signatures, such as s-values in the upper range, calculate a new s-value
                // with 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEBAAEDCE6AF48A03BBFD25E8CD0364141 - s1 and flip v from 27 to 28 or
                // vice versa. If your library also generates signatures with 0/1 for v instead 27/28, add 27 to v to accept
                // these malleable signatures as well.
                if (uint256(s) > 0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF5D576E7357A4501DDFE92F46681B20A0) {
                    return (address(0), RecoverError.InvalidSignatureS);
                }
                if (v != 27 && v != 28) {
                    return (address(0), RecoverError.InvalidSignatureV);
                }
        
                // If the signature is valid (and not malleable), return the signer address
                address signer = ecrecover(hash, v, r, s);
                if (signer == address(0)) {
                    return (address(0), RecoverError.InvalidSignature);
                }
        
                return (signer, RecoverError.NoError);
            }
        
            /**
             * @dev Overload of {ECDSA-recover} that receives the `v`,
             * `r` and `s` signature fields separately.
             */
            function recover(
                bytes32 hash,
                uint8 v,
                bytes32 r,
                bytes32 s
            ) internal pure returns (address) {
                (address recovered, RecoverError error) = tryRecover(hash, v, r, s);
                _throwError(error);
                return recovered;
            }
        
            /**
             * @dev Returns an Ethereum Signed Message, created from a `hash`. This
             * produces hash corresponding to the one signed with the
             * https://eth.wiki/json-rpc/API#eth_sign[`eth_sign`]
             * JSON-RPC method as part of EIP-191.
             *
             * See {recover}.
             */
            function toEthSignedMessageHash(bytes32 hash) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
                // 32 is the length in bytes of hash,
                // enforced by the type signature above
                return keccak256(abi.encodePacked("\x19Ethereum Signed Message:\n32", hash));
            }
        
            /**
             * @dev Returns an Ethereum Signed Message, created from `s`. This
             * produces hash corresponding to the one signed with the
             * https://eth.wiki/json-rpc/API#eth_sign[`eth_sign`]
             * JSON-RPC method as part of EIP-191.
             *
             * See {recover}.
             */
            function toEthSignedMessageHash(bytes memory s) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
                return keccak256(abi.encodePacked("\x19Ethereum Signed Message:\n", Strings.toString(s.length), s));
            }
        
            /**
             * @dev Returns an Ethereum Signed Typed Data, created from a
             * `domainSeparator` and a `structHash`. This produces hash corresponding
             * to the one signed with the
             * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-712[`eth_signTypedData`]
             * JSON-RPC method as part of EIP-712.
             *
             * See {recover}.
             */
            function toTypedDataHash(bytes32 domainSeparator, bytes32 structHash) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
                return keccak256(abi.encodePacked("\x19\x01", domainSeparator, structHash));
            }
        }
        // File: Context.sol
        
        
        
        pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
        
        /**
         * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
         * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
         * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
         * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
         * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
         * is concerned).
         *
         * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
         */
        abstract contract Context {
            function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
                return msg.sender;
            }
        
            function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
                return msg.data;
            }
        }
        // File: Ownable.sol
        
        
        
        pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
        
        
        /**
         * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
         * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
         * specific functions.
         *
         * By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
         * can later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
         *
         * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
         * `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
         * the owner.
         */
        abstract contract Ownable is Context {
            address private _owner;
        
            event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);
        
            /**
             * @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
             */
            constructor() {
                _setOwner(_msgSender());
            }
        
            /**
             * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
             */
            function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
                return _owner;
            }
        
            /**
             * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
             */
            modifier onlyOwner() {
                require(owner() == _msgSender(), "Ownable: caller is not the owner");
                _;
            }
        
            /**
             * @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
             * `onlyOwner` functions anymore. Can only be called by the current owner.
             *
             * NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
             * thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the owner.
             */
            function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
                _setOwner(address(0));
            }
        
            /**
             * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
             * Can only be called by the current owner.
             */
            function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
                require(newOwner != address(0), "Ownable: new owner is the zero address");
                _setOwner(newOwner);
            }
        
            function _setOwner(address newOwner) private {
                address oldOwner = _owner;
                _owner = newOwner;
                emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner);
            }
        }
        // File: Address.sol
        
        
        
        pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
        
        /**
         * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
         */
        library Address {
            /**
             * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
             *
             * [IMPORTANT]
             * ====
             * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
             * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
             *
             * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
             * types of addresses:
             *
             *  - an externally-owned account
             *  - a contract in construction
             *  - an address where a contract will be created
             *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
             * ====
             */
            function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
                // This method relies on extcodesize, which returns 0 for contracts in
                // construction, since the code is only stored at the end of the
                // constructor execution.
        
                uint256 size;
                assembly {
                    size := extcodesize(account)
                }
                return size > 0;
            }
        
            /**
             * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
             * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
             *
             * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
             * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
             * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
             * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
             *
             * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
             *
             * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
             * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
             * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
             * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
             */
            function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
                require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
        
                (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
                require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
            }
        
            /**
             * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
             * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
             * function instead.
             *
             * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
             * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
             *
             * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
             * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
             *
             * Requirements:
             *
             * - `target` must be a contract.
             * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
             *
             * _Available since v3.1._
             */
            function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                return functionCall(target, data, "Address: low-level call failed");
            }
        
            /**
             * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
             * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
             *
             * _Available since v3.1._
             */
            function functionCall(
                address target,
                bytes memory data,
                string memory errorMessage
            ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
            }
        
            /**
             * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
             * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
             *
             * Requirements:
             *
             * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
             * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
             *
             * _Available since v3.1._
             */
            function functionCallWithValue(
                address target,
                bytes memory data,
                uint256 value
            ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
            }
        
            /**
             * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
             * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
             *
             * _Available since v3.1._
             */
            function functionCallWithValue(
                address target,
                bytes memory data,
                uint256 value,
                string memory errorMessage
            ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
                require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
        
                (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
                return _verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
            }
        
            /**
             * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
             * but performing a static call.
             *
             * _Available since v3.3._
             */
            function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
                return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
            }
        
            /**
             * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
             * but performing a static call.
             *
             * _Available since v3.3._
             */
            function functionStaticCall(
                address target,
                bytes memory data,
                string memory errorMessage
            ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
                require(isContract(target), "Address: static call to non-contract");
        
                (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
                return _verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
            }
        
            /**
             * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
             * but performing a delegate call.
             *
             * _Available since v3.4._
             */
            function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                return functionDelegateCall(target, data, "Address: low-level delegate call failed");
            }
        
            /**
             * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
             * but performing a delegate call.
             *
             * _Available since v3.4._
             */
            function functionDelegateCall(
                address target,
                bytes memory data,
                string memory errorMessage
            ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                require(isContract(target), "Address: delegate call to non-contract");
        
                (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
                return _verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
            }
        
            function _verifyCallResult(
                bool success,
                bytes memory returndata,
                string memory errorMessage
            ) private pure returns (bytes memory) {
                if (success) {
                    return returndata;
                } else {
                    // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
                    if (returndata.length > 0) {
                        // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
        
                        assembly {
                            let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                            revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
                        }
                    } else {
                        revert(errorMessage);
                    }
                }
            }
        }
        // File: Payment.sol
        
        
        // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (finance/PaymentSplitter.sol)
        
        pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
        
        
        
        /**
         * @title PaymentSplitter
         * @dev This contract allows to split Ether payments among a group of accounts. The sender does not need to be aware
         * that the Ether will be split in this way, since it is handled transparently by the contract.
         *
         * The split can be in equal parts or in any other arbitrary proportion. The way this is specified is by assigning each
         * account to a number of shares. Of all the Ether that this contract receives, each account will then be able to claim
         * an amount proportional to the percentage of total shares they were assigned.
         *
         * `PaymentSplitter` follows a _pull payment_ model. This means that payments are not automatically forwarded to the
         * accounts but kept in this contract, and the actual transfer is triggered as a separate step by calling the {release}
         * function.
         *
         * NOTE: This contract assumes that ERC20 tokens will behave similarly to native tokens (Ether). Rebasing tokens, and
         * tokens that apply fees during transfers, are likely to not be supported as expected. If in doubt, we encourage you
         * to run tests before sending real value to this contract.
         */
        contract Payment is Context {
            event PayeeAdded(address account, uint256 shares);
            event PaymentReleased(address to, uint256 amount);
            event PaymentReceived(address from, uint256 amount);
        
            uint256 private _totalShares;
            uint256 private _totalReleased;
        
            mapping(address => uint256) private _shares;
            mapping(address => uint256) private _released;
            address[] private _payees;
        
            /**
             * @dev Creates an instance of `PaymentSplitter` where each account in `payees` is assigned the number of shares at
             * the matching position in the `shares` array.
             *
             * All addresses in `payees` must be non-zero. Both arrays must have the same non-zero length, and there must be no
             * duplicates in `payees`.
             */
            constructor(address[] memory payees, uint256[] memory shares_) payable {
                require(payees.length == shares_.length, "PaymentSplitter: payees and shares length mismatch");
                require(payees.length > 0, "PaymentSplitter: no payees");
        
                for (uint256 i = 0; i < payees.length; i++) {
                    _addPayee(payees[i], shares_[i]);
                }
            }
        
            /**
             * @dev The Ether received will be logged with {PaymentReceived} events. Note that these events are not fully
             * reliable: it's possible for a contract to receive Ether without triggering this function. This only affects the
             * reliability of the events, and not the actual splitting of Ether.
             *
             * To learn more about this see the Solidity documentation for
             * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/contracts.html#fallback-function[fallback
             * functions].
             */
            receive() external payable virtual {
                emit PaymentReceived(_msgSender(), msg.value);
            }
        
            /**
             * @dev Getter for the total shares held by payees.
             */
            function totalShares() public view returns (uint256) {
                return _totalShares;
            }
        
            /**
             * @dev Getter for the total amount of Ether already released.
             */
            function totalReleased() public view returns (uint256) {
                return _totalReleased;
            }
        
        
            /**
             * @dev Getter for the amount of shares held by an account.
             */
            function shares(address account) public view returns (uint256) {
                return _shares[account];
            }
        
            /**
             * @dev Getter for the amount of Ether already released to a payee.
             */
            function released(address account) public view returns (uint256) {
                return _released[account];
            }
        
        
            /**
             * @dev Getter for the address of the payee number `index`.
             */
            function payee(uint256 index) public view returns (address) {
                return _payees[index];
            }
        
            /**
             * @dev Triggers a transfer to `account` of the amount of Ether they are owed, according to their percentage of the
             * total shares and their previous withdrawals.
             */
            function release(address payable account) public virtual {
                require(_shares[account] > 0, "PaymentSplitter: account has no shares");
        
                uint256 totalReceived = address(this).balance + totalReleased();
                uint256 payment = _pendingPayment(account, totalReceived, released(account));
        
                require(payment != 0, "PaymentSplitter: account is not due payment");
        
                _released[account] += payment;
                _totalReleased += payment;
        
                Address.sendValue(account, payment);
                emit PaymentReleased(account, payment);
            }
        
        
            /**
             * @dev internal logic for computing the pending payment of an `account` given the token historical balances and
             * already released amounts.
             */
            function _pendingPayment(
                address account,
                uint256 totalReceived,
                uint256 alreadyReleased
            ) private view returns (uint256) {
                return (totalReceived * _shares[account]) / _totalShares - alreadyReleased;
            }
        
            /**
             * @dev Add a new payee to the contract.
             * @param account The address of the payee to add.
             * @param shares_ The number of shares owned by the payee.
             */
            function _addPayee(address account, uint256 shares_) private {
                require(account != address(0), "PaymentSplitter: account is the zero address");
                require(shares_ > 0, "PaymentSplitter: shares are 0");
                require(_shares[account] == 0, "PaymentSplitter: account already has shares");
        
                _payees.push(account);
                _shares[account] = shares_;
                _totalShares = _totalShares + shares_;
                emit PayeeAdded(account, shares_);
            }
        }
        // File: IERC721Receiver.sol
        
        
        
        pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
        
        /**
         * @title ERC721 token receiver interface
         * @dev Interface for any contract that wants to support safeTransfers
         * from ERC721 asset contracts.
         */
        interface IERC721Receiver {
            /**
             * @dev Whenever an {IERC721} `tokenId` token is transferred to this contract via {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}
             * by `operator` from `from`, this function is called.
             *
             * It must return its Solidity selector to confirm the token transfer.
             * If any other value is returned or the interface is not implemented by the recipient, the transfer will be reverted.
             *
             * The selector can be obtained in Solidity with `IERC721.onERC721Received.selector`.
             */
            function onERC721Received(
                address operator,
                address from,
                uint256 tokenId,
                bytes calldata data
            ) external returns (bytes4);
        }
        // File: IERC165.sol
        
        
        
        pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
        
        /**
         * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
         * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
         *
         * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
         * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
         *
         * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
         */
        interface IERC165 {
            /**
             * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
             * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
             * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
             * to learn more about how these ids are created.
             *
             * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
             */
            function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
        }
        // File: ERC165.sol
        
        
        
        pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
        
        
        /**
         * @dev Implementation of the {IERC165} interface.
         *
         * Contracts that want to implement ERC165 should inherit from this contract and override {supportsInterface} to check
         * for the additional interface id that will be supported. For example:
         *
         * ```solidity
         * function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
         *     return interfaceId == type(MyInterface).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
         * }
         * ```
         *
         * Alternatively, {ERC165Storage} provides an easier to use but more expensive implementation.
         */
        abstract contract ERC165 is IERC165 {
            /**
             * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
             */
            function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
                return interfaceId == type(IERC165).interfaceId;
            }
        }
        // File: IERC721.sol
        
        
        
        pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
        
        
        /**
         * @dev Required interface of an ERC721 compliant contract.
         */
        interface IERC721 is IERC165 {
            /**
             * @dev Emitted when `tokenId` token is transferred from `from` to `to`.
             */
            event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 indexed tokenId);
        
            /**
             * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables `approved` to manage the `tokenId` token.
             */
            event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed approved, uint256 indexed tokenId);
        
            /**
             * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables or disables (`approved`) `operator` to manage all of its assets.
             */
            event ApprovalForAll(address indexed owner, address indexed operator, bool approved);
        
            /**
             * @dev Returns the number of tokens in ``owner``'s account.
             */
            function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint256 balance);
        
            /**
             * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
             *
             * Requirements:
             *
             * - `tokenId` must exist.
             */
            function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address owner);
        
            /**
             * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`, checking first that contract recipients
             * are aware of the ERC721 protocol to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
             *
             * Requirements:
             *
             * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
             * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
             * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
             * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be have been allowed to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
             * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
             *
             * Emits a {Transfer} event.
             */
            function safeTransferFrom(
                address from,
                address to,
                uint256 tokenId
            ) external;
        
            /**
             * @dev Transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
             *
             * WARNING: Usage of this method is discouraged, use {safeTransferFrom} whenever possible.
             *
             * Requirements:
             *
             * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
             * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
             * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
             * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
             *
             * Emits a {Transfer} event.
             */
            function transferFrom(
                address from,
                address to,
                uint256 tokenId
            ) external;
        
            /**
             * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
             * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
             *
             * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the zero address clears previous approvals.
             *
             * Requirements:
             *
             * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
             * - `tokenId` must exist.
             *
             * Emits an {Approval} event.
             */
            function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) external;
        
            /**
             * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
             *
             * Requirements:
             *
             * - `tokenId` must exist.
             */
            function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address operator);
        
            /**
             * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
             * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom} for any token owned by the caller.
             *
             * Requirements:
             *
             * - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
             *
             * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
             */
            function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool _approved) external;
        
            /**
             * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
             *
             * See {setApprovalForAll}
             */
            function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) external view returns (bool);
        
            /**
             * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
             *
             * Requirements:
             *
             * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
             * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
             * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
             * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
             * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
             *
             * Emits a {Transfer} event.
             */
            function safeTransferFrom(
                address from,
                address to,
                uint256 tokenId,
                bytes calldata data
            ) external;
        }
        // File: IERC721Enumerable.sol
        
        
        
        pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
        
        
        /**
         * @title ERC-721 Non-Fungible Token Standard, optional enumeration extension
         * @dev See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721
         */
        interface IERC721Enumerable is IERC721 {
            /**
             * @dev Returns the total amount of tokens stored by the contract.
             */
            function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
        
            /**
             * @dev Returns a token ID owned by `owner` at a given `index` of its token list.
             * Use along with {balanceOf} to enumerate all of ``owner``'s tokens.
             */
            function tokenOfOwnerByIndex(address owner, uint256 index) external view returns (uint256 tokenId);
        
            /**
             * @dev Returns a token ID at a given `index` of all the tokens stored by the contract.
             * Use along with {totalSupply} to enumerate all tokens.
             */
            function tokenByIndex(uint256 index) external view returns (uint256);
        }
        // File: IERC721Metadata.sol
        
        
        
        pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
        
        
        /**
         * @title ERC-721 Non-Fungible Token Standard, optional metadata extension
         * @dev See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721
         */
        interface IERC721Metadata is IERC721 {
            /**
             * @dev Returns the token collection name.
             */
            function name() external view returns (string memory);
        
            /**
             * @dev Returns the token collection symbol.
             */
            function symbol() external view returns (string memory);
        
            /**
             * @dev Returns the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for `tokenId` token.
             */
            function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (string memory);
        }
        
        
        // ERC721A Contracts v4.0.0
        // Creator: Chiru Labs
        
        pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
        
        /**
         * @dev Interface of an ERC721A compliant contract.
         */
        interface IERC721A {
            /**
             * The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
             */
            error ApprovalCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
        
            /**
             * The token does not exist.
             */
            error ApprovalQueryForNonexistentToken();
        
            /**
             * The caller cannot approve to their own address.
             */
            error ApproveToCaller();
        
            /**
             * The caller cannot approve to the current owner.
             */
            error ApprovalToCurrentOwner();
        
            /**
             * Cannot query the balance for the zero address.
             */
            error BalanceQueryForZeroAddress();
        
            /**
             * Cannot mint to the zero address.
             */
            error MintToZeroAddress();
        
            /**
             * The quantity of tokens minted must be more than zero.
             */
            error MintZeroQuantity();
        
            /**
             * The token does not exist.
             */
            error OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();
        
            /**
             * The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
             */
            error TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
        
            /**
             * The token must be owned by `from`.
             */
            error TransferFromIncorrectOwner();
        
            /**
             * Cannot safely transfer to a contract that does not implement the ERC721Receiver interface.
             */
            error TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
        
            /**
             * Cannot transfer to the zero address.
             */
            error TransferToZeroAddress();
        
            /**
             * The token does not exist.
             */
            error URIQueryForNonexistentToken();
        
            struct TokenOwnership {
                // The address of the owner.
                address addr;
                // Keeps track of the start time of ownership with minimal overhead for tokenomics.
                uint64 startTimestamp;
                // Whether the token has been burned.
                bool burned;
            }
        
            /**
             * @dev Returns the total amount of tokens stored by the contract.
             *
             * Burned tokens are calculated here, use `_totalMinted()` if you want to count just minted tokens.
             */
            function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
        
            // ==============================
            //            IERC165
            // ==============================
        
            /**
             * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
             * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
             * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
             * to learn more about how these ids are created.
             *
             * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
             */
            function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
        
            // ==============================
            //            IERC721
            // ==============================
        
            /**
             * @dev Emitted when `tokenId` token is transferred from `from` to `to`.
             */
            event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 indexed tokenId);
        
            /**
             * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables `approved` to manage the `tokenId` token.
             */
            event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed approved, uint256 indexed tokenId);
        
            /**
             * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables or disables (`approved`) `operator` to manage all of its assets.
             */
            event ApprovalForAll(address indexed owner, address indexed operator, bool approved);
        
            /**
             * @dev Returns the number of tokens in ``owner``'s account.
             */
            function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint256 balance);
        
            /**
             * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
             *
             * Requirements:
             *
             * - `tokenId` must exist.
             */
            function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address owner);
        
            
        
            /**
             * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
             *
             * Requirements:
             *
             * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
             * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
             * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
             * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
             * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
             *
             * Emits a {Transfer} event.
             */
            function safeTransferFrom(
                address from,
                address to,
                uint256 tokenId,
                bytes calldata data
            ) external;
        
            /**
             * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`, checking first that contract recipients
             * are aware of the ERC721 protocol to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
             *
             * Requirements:
             *
             * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
             * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
             * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
             * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be have been allowed to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
             * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
             *
             * Emits a {Transfer} event.
             */
            function safeTransferFrom(
                address from,
                address to,
                uint256 tokenId
            ) external;
        
            /**
             * @dev Transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
             *
             * WARNING: Usage of this method is discouraged, use {safeTransferFrom} whenever possible.
             *
             * Requirements:
             *
             * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
             * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
             * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
             * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
             *
             * Emits a {Transfer} event.
             */
            function transferFrom(
                address from,
                address to,
                uint256 tokenId
            ) external;
        
            /**
             * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
             * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
             *
             * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the zero address clears previous approvals.
             *
             * Requirements:
             *
             * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
             * - `tokenId` must exist.
             *
             * Emits an {Approval} event.
             */
            function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) external;
        
            /**
             * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
             * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom} for any token owned by the caller.
             *
             * Requirements:
             *
             * - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
             *
             * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
             */
            function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool _approved) external;
        
            /**
             * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
             *
             * Requirements:
             *
             * - `tokenId` must exist.
             */
            function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address operator);
        
            /**
             * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
             *
             * See {setApprovalForAll}
             */
            function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) external view returns (bool);
        
            // ==============================
            //        IERC721Metadata
            // ==============================
        
            /**
             * @dev Returns the token collection name.
             */
            function name() external view returns (string memory);
        
            /**
             * @dev Returns the token collection symbol.
             */
            function symbol() external view returns (string memory);
        
            /**
             * @dev Returns the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for `tokenId` token.
             */
            function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (string memory);
        }
        
        
        // ERC721A Contracts v4.0.0
        // Creator: Chiru Labs
        
        pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
        
        
        /**
         * @dev ERC721 token receiver interface.
         */
        interface ERC721A__IERC721Receiver {
            function onERC721Received(
                address operator,
                address from,
                uint256 tokenId,
                bytes calldata data
            ) external returns (bytes4);
        }
        
        contract ERC721A is IERC721A {
            // Mask of an entry in packed address data.
            uint256 private constant BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY = (1 << 64) - 1;
        
            // The bit position of `numberMinted` in packed address data.
            uint256 private constant BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED = 64;
        
            // The bit position of `numberBurned` in packed address data.
            uint256 private constant BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED = 128;
        
            // The bit position of `aux` in packed address data.
            uint256 private constant BITPOS_AUX = 192;
        
            // Mask of all 256 bits in packed address data except the 64 bits for `aux`.
            uint256 private constant BITMASK_AUX_COMPLEMENT = (1 << 192) - 1;
        
            // The bit position of `startTimestamp` in packed ownership.
            uint256 private constant BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP = 160;
        
            // The bit mask of the `burned` bit in packed ownership.
            uint256 private constant BITMASK_BURNED = 1 << 224;
        
            // The bit position of the `nextInitialized` bit in packed ownership.
            uint256 private constant BITPOS_NEXT_INITIALIZED = 225;
        
            // The bit mask of the `nextInitialized` bit in packed ownership.
            uint256 private constant BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED = 1 << 225;
        
            // The tokenId of the next token to be minted.
            uint256 private _currentIndex;
        
            // The number of tokens burned.
            uint256 private _burnCounter;
        
            // Token name
            string private _name;
        
            // Token symbol
            string private _symbol;
        
            // Mapping from token ID to ownership details
            // An empty struct value does not necessarily mean the token is unowned.
            // See `_packedOwnershipOf` implementation for details.
            //
            // Bits Layout:
            // - [0..159]   `addr`
            // - [160..223] `startTimestamp`
            // - [224]      `burned`
            // - [225]      `nextInitialized`
            mapping(uint256 => uint256) private _packedOwnerships;
        
            // Mapping owner address to address data.
            //
            // Bits Layout:
            // - [0..63]    `balance`
            // - [64..127]  `numberMinted`
            // - [128..191] `numberBurned`
            // - [192..255] `aux`
            mapping(address => uint256) private _packedAddressData;
        
            // Mapping from token ID to approved address.
            mapping(uint256 => address) private _tokenApprovals;
        
            // Mapping from owner to operator approvals
            mapping(address => mapping(address => bool)) private _operatorApprovals;
        
            constructor(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) {
                _name = name_;
                _symbol = symbol_;
                _currentIndex = _startTokenId();
            }
        
            /**
             * @dev Returns the starting token ID.
             * To change the starting token ID, please override this function.
             */
            function _startTokenId() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
                return 0;
            }
        
            /**
             * @dev Returns the next token ID to be minted.
             */
            function _nextTokenId() internal view returns (uint256) {
                return _currentIndex;
            }
        
            /**
             * @dev Returns the total number of tokens in existence.
             * Burned tokens will reduce the count.
             * To get the total number of tokens minted, please see `_totalMinted`.
             */
            function totalSupply() public view override returns (uint256) {
                // Counter underflow is impossible as _burnCounter cannot be incremented
                // more than `_currentIndex - _startTokenId()` times.
                unchecked {
                    return _currentIndex - _burnCounter - _startTokenId();
                }
            }
        
            /**
             * @dev Returns the total amount of tokens minted in the contract.
             */
            function _totalMinted() internal view returns (uint256) {
                // Counter underflow is impossible as _currentIndex does not decrement,
                // and it is initialized to `_startTokenId()`
                unchecked {
                    return _currentIndex - _startTokenId();
                }
            }
        
            /**
             * @dev Returns the total number of tokens burned.
             */
            function _totalBurned() internal view returns (uint256) {
                return _burnCounter;
            }
        
            /**
             * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
             */
            function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
                // The interface IDs are constants representing the first 4 bytes of the XOR of
                // all function selectors in the interface. See: https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165
                // e.g. `bytes4(i.functionA.selector ^ i.functionB.selector ^ ...)`
                return
                    interfaceId == 0x01ffc9a7 || // ERC165 interface ID for ERC165.
                    interfaceId == 0x80ac58cd || // ERC165 interface ID for ERC721.
                    interfaceId == 0x5b5e139f; // ERC165 interface ID for ERC721Metadata.
            }
        
            /**
             * @dev See {IERC721-balanceOf}.
             */
            function balanceOf(address owner) public view override returns (uint256) {
                if (_addressToUint256(owner) == 0) revert BalanceQueryForZeroAddress();
                return _packedAddressData[owner] & BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY;
            }
        
            /**
             * Returns the number of tokens minted by `owner`.
             */
            function _numberMinted(address owner) internal view returns (uint256) {
                return (_packedAddressData[owner] >> BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED) & BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY;
            }
        
            /**
             * Returns the number of tokens burned by or on behalf of `owner`.
             */
            function _numberBurned(address owner) internal view returns (uint256) {
                return (_packedAddressData[owner] >> BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED) & BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY;
            }
        
            /**
             * Returns the auxillary data for `owner`. (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used).
             */
            function _getAux(address owner) internal view returns (uint64) {
                return uint64(_packedAddressData[owner] >> BITPOS_AUX);
            }
        
            /**
             * Sets the auxillary data for `owner`. (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used).
             * If there are multiple variables, please pack them into a uint64.
             */
            function _setAux(address owner, uint64 aux) internal {
                uint256 packed = _packedAddressData[owner];
                uint256 auxCasted;
                assembly { // Cast aux without masking.
                    auxCasted := aux
                }
                packed = (packed & BITMASK_AUX_COMPLEMENT) | (auxCasted << BITPOS_AUX);
                _packedAddressData[owner] = packed;
            }
        
            /**
             * Returns the packed ownership data of `tokenId`.
             */
            function _packedOwnershipOf(uint256 tokenId) private view returns (uint256) {
                uint256 curr = tokenId;
        
                unchecked {
                    if (_startTokenId() <= curr)
                        if (curr < _currentIndex) {
                            uint256 packed = _packedOwnerships[curr];
                            // If not burned.
                            if (packed & BITMASK_BURNED == 0) {
                                // Invariant:
                                // There will always be an ownership that has an address and is not burned
                                // before an ownership that does not have an address and is not burned.
                                // Hence, curr will not underflow.
                                //
                                // We can directly compare the packed value.
                                // If the address is zero, packed is zero.
                                while (packed == 0) {
                                    packed = _packedOwnerships[--curr];
                                }
                                return packed;
                            }
                        }
                }
                revert OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();
            }
        
            /**
             * Returns the unpacked `TokenOwnership` struct from `packed`.
             */
            function _unpackedOwnership(uint256 packed) private pure returns (TokenOwnership memory ownership) {
                ownership.addr = address(uint160(packed));
                ownership.startTimestamp = uint64(packed >> BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP);
                ownership.burned = packed & BITMASK_BURNED != 0;
            }
        
            /**
             * Returns the unpacked `TokenOwnership` struct at `index`.
             */
            function _ownershipAt(uint256 index) internal view returns (TokenOwnership memory) {
                return _unpackedOwnership(_packedOwnerships[index]);
            }
        
            /**
             * @dev Initializes the ownership slot minted at `index` for efficiency purposes.
             */
            function _initializeOwnershipAt(uint256 index) internal {
                if (_packedOwnerships[index] == 0) {
                    _packedOwnerships[index] = _packedOwnershipOf(index);
                }
            }
        
            /**
             * Gas spent here starts off proportional to the maximum mint batch size.
             * It gradually moves to O(1) as tokens get transferred around in the collection over time.
             */
            function _ownershipOf(uint256 tokenId) internal view returns (TokenOwnership memory) {
                return _unpackedOwnership(_packedOwnershipOf(tokenId));
            }
        
            /**
             * @dev See {IERC721-ownerOf}.
             */
            function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) public view override returns (address) {
                return address(uint160(_packedOwnershipOf(tokenId)));
            }
        
            /**
             * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-name}.
             */
            function name() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
                return _name;
            }
        
            /**
             * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-symbol}.
             */
            function symbol() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
                return _symbol;
            }
        
            /**
             * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-tokenURI}.
             */
            function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
                if (!_exists(tokenId)) revert URIQueryForNonexistentToken();
        
                string memory baseURI = _baseURI();
                return bytes(baseURI).length != 0 ? string(abi.encodePacked(baseURI, _toString(tokenId))) : '';
            }
        
            /**
             * @dev Base URI for computing {tokenURI}. If set, the resulting URI for each
             * token will be the concatenation of the `baseURI` and the `tokenId`. Empty
             * by default, can be overriden in child contracts.
             */
            function _baseURI() internal view virtual returns (string memory) {
                return '';
            }
        
            /**
             * @dev Casts the address to uint256 without masking.
             */
            function _addressToUint256(address value) private pure returns (uint256 result) {
                assembly {
                    result := value
                }
            }
        
            /**
             * @dev Casts the boolean to uint256 without branching.
             */
            function _boolToUint256(bool value) private pure returns (uint256 result) {
                assembly {
                    result := value
                }
            }
        
            /**
             * @dev See {IERC721-approve}.
             */
            function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) public override {
                address owner = address(uint160(_packedOwnershipOf(tokenId)));
                if (to == owner) revert ApprovalToCurrentOwner();
        
                if (_msgSenderERC721A() != owner)
                    if (!isApprovedForAll(owner, _msgSenderERC721A())) {
                        revert ApprovalCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
                    }
        
                _tokenApprovals[tokenId] = to;
                emit Approval(owner, to, tokenId);
            }
        
            /**
             * @dev See {IERC721-getApproved}.
             */
            function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) public view override returns (address) {
                if (!_exists(tokenId)) revert ApprovalQueryForNonexistentToken();
        
                return _tokenApprovals[tokenId];
            }
        
            /**
             * @dev See {IERC721-setApprovalForAll}.
             */
            function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) public virtual override {
                if (operator == _msgSenderERC721A()) revert ApproveToCaller();
        
                _operatorApprovals[_msgSenderERC721A()][operator] = approved;
                emit ApprovalForAll(_msgSenderERC721A(), operator, approved);
            }
        
            /**
             * @dev See {IERC721-isApprovedForAll}.
             */
            function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
                return _operatorApprovals[owner][operator];
            }
        
            /**
             * @dev See {IERC721-transferFrom}.
             */
            function transferFrom(
                address from,
                address to,
                uint256 tokenId
            ) public virtual override {
                _transfer(from, to, tokenId);
            }
        
            /**
             * @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}.
             */
            function safeTransferFrom(
                address from,
                address to,
                uint256 tokenId
            ) public virtual override {
                safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, '');
            }
        
            /**
             * @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}.
             */
            function safeTransferFrom(
                address from,
                address to,
                uint256 tokenId,
                bytes memory _data
            ) public virtual override {
                _transfer(from, to, tokenId);
                if (to.code.length != 0)
                    if (!_checkContractOnERC721Received(from, to, tokenId, _data)) {
                        revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
                    }
            }
        
            /**
             * @dev Returns whether `tokenId` exists.
             *
             * Tokens can be managed by their owner or approved accounts via {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
             *
             * Tokens start existing when they are minted (`_mint`),
             */
            function _exists(uint256 tokenId) internal view returns (bool) {
                return
                    _startTokenId() <= tokenId &&
                    tokenId < _currentIndex && // If within bounds,
                    _packedOwnerships[tokenId] & BITMASK_BURNED == 0; // and not burned.
            }
        
            /**
             * @dev Equivalent to `_safeMint(to, quantity, '')`.
             */
            function _safeMint(address to, uint256 quantity) internal {
                _safeMint(to, quantity, '');
            }
        
            /**
             * @dev Safely mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
             *
             * Requirements:
             *
             * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement
             *   {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called for each safe transfer.
             * - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
             *
             * Emits a {Transfer} event.
             */
            function _safeMint(
                address to,
                uint256 quantity,
                bytes memory _data
            ) internal {
                uint256 startTokenId = _currentIndex;
                if (_addressToUint256(to) == 0) revert MintToZeroAddress();
                if (quantity == 0) revert MintZeroQuantity();
        
                _beforeTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
        
                // Overflows are incredibly unrealistic.
                // balance or numberMinted overflow if current value of either + quantity > 1.8e19 (2**64) - 1
                // updatedIndex overflows if _currentIndex + quantity > 1.2e77 (2**256) - 1
                unchecked {
                    // Updates:
                    // - `balance += quantity`.
                    // - `numberMinted += quantity`.
                    //
                    // We can directly add to the balance and number minted.
                    _packedAddressData[to] += quantity * ((1 << BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED) | 1);
        
                    // Updates:
                    // - `address` to the owner.
                    // - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of minting.
                    // - `burned` to `false`.
                    // - `nextInitialized` to `quantity == 1`.
                    _packedOwnerships[startTokenId] =
                        _addressToUint256(to) |
                        (block.timestamp << BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP) |
                        (_boolToUint256(quantity == 1) << BITPOS_NEXT_INITIALIZED);
        
                    uint256 updatedIndex = startTokenId;
                    uint256 end = updatedIndex + quantity;
        
                    if (to.code.length != 0) {
                        do {
                            emit Transfer(address(0), to, updatedIndex);
                            if (!_checkContractOnERC721Received(address(0), to, updatedIndex++, _data)) {
                                revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
                            }
                        } while (updatedIndex < end);
                        // Reentrancy protection
                        if (_currentIndex != startTokenId) revert();
                    } else {
                        do {
                            emit Transfer(address(0), to, updatedIndex++);
                        } while (updatedIndex < end);
                    }
                    _currentIndex = updatedIndex;
                }
                _afterTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
            }
        
            /**
             * @dev Mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
             *
             * Requirements:
             *
             * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
             * - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
             *
             * Emits a {Transfer} event.
             */
            function _mint(address to, uint256 quantity) internal {
                uint256 startTokenId = _currentIndex;
                if (_addressToUint256(to) == 0) revert MintToZeroAddress();
                if (quantity == 0) revert MintZeroQuantity();
        
                _beforeTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
        
                // Overflows are incredibly unrealistic.
                // balance or numberMinted overflow if current value of either + quantity > 1.8e19 (2**64) - 1
                // updatedIndex overflows if _currentIndex + quantity > 1.2e77 (2**256) - 1
                unchecked {
                    // Updates:
                    // - `balance += quantity`.
                    // - `numberMinted += quantity`.
                    //
                    // We can directly add to the balance and number minted.
                    _packedAddressData[to] += quantity * ((1 << BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED) | 1);
        
                    // Updates:
                    // - `address` to the owner.
                    // - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of minting.
                    // - `burned` to `false`.
                    // - `nextInitialized` to `quantity == 1`.
                    _packedOwnerships[startTokenId] =
                        _addressToUint256(to) |
                        (block.timestamp << BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP) |
                        (_boolToUint256(quantity == 1) << BITPOS_NEXT_INITIALIZED);
        
                    uint256 updatedIndex = startTokenId;
                    uint256 end = updatedIndex + quantity;
        
                    do {
                        emit Transfer(address(0), to, updatedIndex++);
                    } while (updatedIndex < end);
        
                    _currentIndex = updatedIndex;
                }
                _afterTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
            }
        
            /**
             * @dev Transfers `tokenId` from `from` to `to`.
             *
             * Requirements:
             *
             * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
             * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
             *
             * Emits a {Transfer} event.
             */
            function _transfer(
                address from,
                address to,
                uint256 tokenId
            ) private {
                uint256 prevOwnershipPacked = _packedOwnershipOf(tokenId);
        
                if (address(uint160(prevOwnershipPacked)) != from) revert TransferFromIncorrectOwner();
        
                address approvedAddress = _tokenApprovals[tokenId];
        
                bool isApprovedOrOwner = (_msgSenderERC721A() == from ||
                    isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSenderERC721A()) ||
                    approvedAddress == _msgSenderERC721A());
        
                if (!isApprovedOrOwner) revert TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
                if (_addressToUint256(to) == 0) revert TransferToZeroAddress();
        
                _beforeTokenTransfers(from, to, tokenId, 1);
        
                // Clear approvals from the previous owner.
                if (_addressToUint256(approvedAddress) != 0) {
                    delete _tokenApprovals[tokenId];
                }
        
                // Underflow of the sender's balance is impossible because we check for
                // ownership above and the recipient's balance can't realistically overflow.
                // Counter overflow is incredibly unrealistic as tokenId would have to be 2**256.
                unchecked {
                    // We can directly increment and decrement the balances.
                    --_packedAddressData[from]; // Updates: `balance -= 1`.
                    ++_packedAddressData[to]; // Updates: `balance += 1`.
        
                    // Updates:
                    // - `address` to the next owner.
                    // - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of transfering.
                    // - `burned` to `false`.
                    // - `nextInitialized` to `true`.
                    _packedOwnerships[tokenId] =
                        _addressToUint256(to) |
                        (block.timestamp << BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP) |
                        BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED;
        
                    // If the next slot may not have been initialized (i.e. `nextInitialized == false`) .
                    if (prevOwnershipPacked & BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED == 0) {
                        uint256 nextTokenId = tokenId + 1;
                        // If the next slot's address is zero and not burned (i.e. packed value is zero).
                        if (_packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] == 0) {
                            // If the next slot is within bounds.
                            if (nextTokenId != _currentIndex) {
                                // Initialize the next slot to maintain correctness for `ownerOf(tokenId + 1)`.
                                _packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] = prevOwnershipPacked;
                            }
                        }
                    }
                }
        
                emit Transfer(from, to, tokenId);
                _afterTokenTransfers(from, to, tokenId, 1);
            }
        
            /**
             * @dev Equivalent to `_burn(tokenId, false)`.
             */
            function _burn(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
                _burn(tokenId, false);
            }
        
            /**
             * @dev Destroys `tokenId`.
             * The approval is cleared when the token is burned.
             *
             * Requirements:
             *
             * - `tokenId` must exist.
             *
             * Emits a {Transfer} event.
             */
            function _burn(uint256 tokenId, bool approvalCheck) internal virtual {
                uint256 prevOwnershipPacked = _packedOwnershipOf(tokenId);
        
                address from = address(uint160(prevOwnershipPacked));
                address approvedAddress = _tokenApprovals[tokenId];
        
                if (approvalCheck) {
                    bool isApprovedOrOwner = (_msgSenderERC721A() == from ||
                        isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSenderERC721A()) ||
                        approvedAddress == _msgSenderERC721A());
        
                    if (!isApprovedOrOwner) revert TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
                }
        
                _beforeTokenTransfers(from, address(0), tokenId, 1);
        
                // Clear approvals from the previous owner.
                if (_addressToUint256(approvedAddress) != 0) {
                    delete _tokenApprovals[tokenId];
                }
        
                // Underflow of the sender's balance is impossible because we check for
                // ownership above and the recipient's balance can't realistically overflow.
                // Counter overflow is incredibly unrealistic as tokenId would have to be 2**256.
                unchecked {
                    // Updates:
                    // - `balance -= 1`.
                    // - `numberBurned += 1`.
                    //
                    // We can directly decrement the balance, and increment the number burned.
                    // This is equivalent to `packed -= 1; packed += 1 << BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED;`.
                    _packedAddressData[from] += (1 << BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED) - 1;
        
                    // Updates:
                    // - `address` to the last owner.
                    // - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of burning.
                    // - `burned` to `true`.
                    // - `nextInitialized` to `true`.
                    _packedOwnerships[tokenId] =
                        _addressToUint256(from) |
                        (block.timestamp << BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP) |
                        BITMASK_BURNED |
                        BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED;
        
                    // If the next slot may not have been initialized (i.e. `nextInitialized == false`) .
                    if (prevOwnershipPacked & BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED == 0) {
                        uint256 nextTokenId = tokenId + 1;
                        // If the next slot's address is zero and not burned (i.e. packed value is zero).
                        if (_packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] == 0) {
                            // If the next slot is within bounds.
                            if (nextTokenId != _currentIndex) {
                                // Initialize the next slot to maintain correctness for `ownerOf(tokenId + 1)`.
                                _packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] = prevOwnershipPacked;
                            }
                        }
                    }
                }
        
                emit Transfer(from, address(0), tokenId);
                _afterTokenTransfers(from, address(0), tokenId, 1);
        
                // Overflow not possible, as _burnCounter cannot be exceed _currentIndex times.
                unchecked {
                    _burnCounter++;
                }
            }
        
            /**
             * @dev Internal function to invoke {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received} on a target contract.
             *
             * @param from address representing the previous owner of the given token ID
             * @param to target address that will receive the tokens
             * @param tokenId uint256 ID of the token to be transferred
             * @param _data bytes optional data to send along with the call
             * @return bool whether the call correctly returned the expected magic value
             */
            function _checkContractOnERC721Received(
                address from,
                address to,
                uint256 tokenId,
                bytes memory _data
            ) private returns (bool) {
                try ERC721A__IERC721Receiver(to).onERC721Received(_msgSenderERC721A(), from, tokenId, _data) returns (
                    bytes4 retval
                ) {
                    return retval == ERC721A__IERC721Receiver(to).onERC721Received.selector;
                } catch (bytes memory reason) {
                    if (reason.length == 0) {
                        revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
                    } else {
                        assembly {
                            revert(add(32, reason), mload(reason))
                        }
                    }
                }
            }
        
            /**
             * @dev Hook that is called before a set of serially-ordered token ids are about to be transferred. This includes minting.
             * And also called before burning one token.
             *
             * startTokenId - the first token id to be transferred
             * quantity - the amount to be transferred
             *
             * Calling conditions:
             *
             * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` will be
             * transferred to `to`.
             * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` will be minted for `to`.
             * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` will be burned by `from`.
             * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
             */
            function _beforeTokenTransfers(
                address from,
                address to,
                uint256 startTokenId,
                uint256 quantity
            ) internal virtual {}
        
            /**
             * @dev Hook that is called after a set of serially-ordered token ids have been transferred. This includes
             * minting.
             * And also called after one token has been burned.
             *
             * startTokenId - the first token id to be transferred
             * quantity - the amount to be transferred
             *
             * Calling conditions:
             *
             * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` has been
             * transferred to `to`.
             * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` has been minted for `to`.
             * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` has been burned by `from`.
             * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
             */
            function _afterTokenTransfers(
                address from,
                address to,
                uint256 startTokenId,
                uint256 quantity
            ) internal virtual {}
        
            /**
             * @dev Returns the message sender (defaults to `msg.sender`).
             *
             * If you are writing GSN compatible contracts, you need to override this function.
             */
            function _msgSenderERC721A() internal view virtual returns (address) {
                return msg.sender;
            }
        
            /**
             * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` decimal representation.
             */
            function _toString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory ptr) {
                assembly {
                    // The maximum value of a uint256 contains 78 digits (1 byte per digit),
                    // but we allocate 128 bytes to keep the free memory pointer 32-byte word aliged.
                    // We will need 1 32-byte word to store the length,
                    // and 3 32-byte words to store a maximum of 78 digits. Total: 32 + 3 * 32 = 128.
                    ptr := add(mload(0x40), 128)
                    // Update the free memory pointer to allocate.
                    mstore(0x40, ptr)
        
                    // Cache the end of the memory to calculate the length later.
                    let end := ptr
        
                    // We write the string from the rightmost digit to the leftmost digit.
                    // The following is essentially a do-while loop that also handles the zero case.
                    // Costs a bit more than early returning for the zero case,
                    // but cheaper in terms of deployment and overall runtime costs.
                    for {
                        // Initialize and perform the first pass without check.
                        let temp := value
                        // Move the pointer 1 byte leftwards to point to an empty character slot.
                        ptr := sub(ptr, 1)
                        // Write the character to the pointer. 48 is the ASCII index of '0'.
                        mstore8(ptr, add(48, mod(temp, 10)))
                        temp := div(temp, 10)
                    } temp {
                        // Keep dividing `temp` until zero.
                        temp := div(temp, 10)
                    } { // Body of the for loop.
                        ptr := sub(ptr, 1)
                        mstore8(ptr, add(48, mod(temp, 10)))
                    }
        
                    let length := sub(end, ptr)
                    // Move the pointer 32 bytes leftwards to make room for the length.
                    ptr := sub(ptr, 32)
                    // Store the length.
                    mstore(ptr, length)
                }
            }
        }
        
        // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (security/ReentrancyGuard.sol)
        
        pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
        
        /**
         * @dev Contract module that helps prevent reentrant calls to a function.
         *
         * Inheriting from `ReentrancyGuard` will make the {nonReentrant} modifier
         * available, which can be applied to functions to make sure there are no nested
         * (reentrant) calls to them.
         *
         * Note that because there is a single `nonReentrant` guard, functions marked as
         * `nonReentrant` may not call one another. This can be worked around by making
         * those functions `private`, and then adding `external` `nonReentrant` entry
         * points to them.
         *
         * TIP: If you would like to learn more about reentrancy and alternative ways
         * to protect against it, check out our blog post
         * https://blog.openzeppelin.com/reentrancy-after-istanbul/[Reentrancy After Istanbul].
         */
        abstract contract ReentrancyGuard {
            // Booleans are more expensive than uint256 or any type that takes up a full
            // word because each write operation emits an extra SLOAD to first read the
            // slot's contents, replace the bits taken up by the boolean, and then write
            // back. This is the compiler's defense against contract upgrades and
            // pointer aliasing, and it cannot be disabled.
        
            // The values being non-zero value makes deployment a bit more expensive,
            // but in exchange the refund on every call to nonReentrant will be lower in
            // amount. Since refunds are capped to a percentage of the total
            // transaction's gas, it is best to keep them low in cases like this one, to
            // increase the likelihood of the full refund coming into effect.
            uint256 private constant _NOT_ENTERED = 1;
            uint256 private constant _ENTERED = 2;
        
            uint256 private _status;
        
            constructor() {
                _status = _NOT_ENTERED;
            }
        
            /**
             * @dev Prevents a contract from calling itself, directly or indirectly.
             * Calling a `nonReentrant` function from another `nonReentrant`
             * function is not supported. It is possible to prevent this from happening
             * by making the `nonReentrant` function external, and making it call a
             * `private` function that does the actual work.
             */
            modifier nonReentrant() {
                // On the first call to nonReentrant, _notEntered will be true
                require(_status != _ENTERED, "ReentrancyGuard: reentrant call");
        
                // Any calls to nonReentrant after this point will fail
                _status = _ENTERED;
        
                _;
        
                // By storing the original value once again, a refund is triggered (see
                // https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2200)
                _status = _NOT_ENTERED;
            }
        }
        
        pragma solidity ^ 0.8.2;
        contract ATARI50 is ERC721A, Ownable, Payment, ReentrancyGuard {
        
            /// Powered By NiftyDrops by NiftyLabs LLC
        
            /// @notice status booleans for phases 
            bool public isAllowlistActive = false;
            bool public isPublicActive = false;
        
            /// @notice settings for future burn utility
            address public burnContract;
            bool public isBurnActive = false;
            bool public burnDependent = false;
        
            /// @notice signer for allowlist
            address private signer = 0xD48D5F6450D7e1cB5F7E73E678cCc3f5B9b3E01C;
        
            /// @notice collection settings
            uint256 public MAX_SUPPLY = 2600;
            uint256 public PRICE_PER_TOKEN = 0.1972 ether;
        
            /// @notice set to 1 for allowlist, set to 6 for public
            uint256 private maxMintPerWallet = 1;
        
            /// @notice collection payouts
            address[] private addressList = [0xeC823C71085Ae6a7953D80F1204C2D04B33Bd4e7];
        
            uint[] private shareList = [100];
        
            /// @notice mnetadata path
            string public _metadata;
        
            /// @notice tracks number minted per person
            mapping(address => uint256) public numMintedPerPerson;
        
            constructor() ERC721A("ATARI50", "1972") Payment(addressList, shareList) {}
        
            /// @notice mint allowlist
            function mintAllowlist(address _address, bytes calldata _voucher, uint256 _tokenAmount) external payable nonReentrant {
                uint256 ts = totalSupply();
                require(isAllowlistActive);
                require(_tokenAmount <= maxMintPerWallet, "Purchase would exceed max tokens per tx in this phase");
                require(ts + _tokenAmount <= MAX_SUPPLY, "Purchase would exceed max tokens in the  allowlist");
                require(msg.value >= PRICE_PER_TOKEN * _tokenAmount, "Ether value sent is not correct");
                require(msg.sender == _address, "Not your voucher");
                require(msg.sender == tx.origin);
                require(numMintedPerPerson[_address] + _tokenAmount <= maxMintPerWallet, "Purchase would exceed max tokens per Wallet");
        
                bytes32 hash = keccak256(
                    abi.encodePacked(_address)
                );
                require(_verifySignature(signer, hash, _voucher), "Invalid voucher");
        
                _safeMint(_address, _tokenAmount);
                numMintedPerPerson[_address] += _tokenAmount;
            }
        
            /// @notice mint public
            function mintPublic(uint256 _tokenAmount) external payable nonReentrant {
                uint256 ts = totalSupply();
                require(isPublicActive);
                require(_tokenAmount <= maxMintPerWallet, "Purchase would exceed max tokens per tx in this wave");
                require(ts + _tokenAmount <= MAX_SUPPLY, "Purchase would exceed max tokens");
                require(msg.value >= PRICE_PER_TOKEN * _tokenAmount, "Ether value sent is not correct");
                require(msg.sender == tx.origin);
                require(numMintedPerPerson[msg.sender] + _tokenAmount <= maxMintPerWallet, "Purchase would exceed max tokens per Wallet");
                _safeMint(msg.sender, _tokenAmount);
                numMintedPerPerson[msg.sender] += _tokenAmount;
            }
        
            /// @notice reserve to wallets, only owner
            function reserve(address addr, uint256 _tokenAmount) public onlyOwner {
                uint256 ts = totalSupply();
                require(ts + _tokenAmount <= MAX_SUPPLY);
                _safeMint(addr, _tokenAmount);
            }
        
            /// @notice burn token, future utility
            function burnToken(uint256 token) external {
                require(isBurnActive);
                if (burnDependent) {
                    require(tx.origin == burnContract || msg.sender == burnContract);
                    _burn(token);
                } else {
                    require(ownerOf(token) == msg.sender);
                    _burn(token);
                }
            }
        
            /// @notice verify voucher
            function _verifySignature(address _signer, bytes32 _hash, bytes memory _signature) private pure returns(bool) {
                return _signer == ECDSA.recover(ECDSA.toEthSignedMessageHash(_hash), _signature);
            }
        
            /// @notice set signer for signature
            function setSigner(address _signer) external onlyOwner {
                signer = _signer;
            }
        
            /// @notice set price
            function setPrice(uint256 _newPrice) external onlyOwner {
                PRICE_PER_TOKEN = _newPrice;
            }
        
            /// @notice set allowlist active
            function setAllowlist(bool _status) external onlyOwner {
                isAllowlistActive = _status;
            }
            
            /// @notice set public active
            function setPublic(bool _status) external onlyOwner {
                isPublicActive = _status;
            }
        
            /// @notice set burn active
            function setBurn(bool _status) external onlyOwner {
                isBurnActive = _status;
            }
        
            /// @notice set future burn utility contract
            function setBurnContract(address _contract) external onlyOwner {
                burnContract = _contract;
            }
        
            /// @notice set burn dependent on a external contract
            function setBurnDependent(bool _status) external onlyOwner {
                burnDependent = _status;
            }
        
            /// @notice set max mint per wallet/tx
            function setMaxMintPerWallet(uint256 _amount) external onlyOwner {
                maxMintPerWallet = _amount;
            }
        
            /// @notice set metadata path
            function setMetadata(string memory metadata_) external onlyOwner {
                _metadata = metadata_;
            }
        
            /// @notice read metadata
            function _baseURI() internal view virtual override returns(string memory) {
                return _metadata;
            }
        
            /// @notice withdraw funds to deployer wallet
            function withdraw() public payable onlyOwner {
                (bool success, ) = payable(msg.sender).call {
                    value: address(this).balance
                }("");
                require(success);
            }
        }

        File 5 of 6: Conduit
        // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
        pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
        import { ConduitInterface } from "../interfaces/ConduitInterface.sol";
        import { ConduitItemType } from "./lib/ConduitEnums.sol";
        import { TokenTransferrer } from "../lib/TokenTransferrer.sol";
        // prettier-ignore
        import {
            ConduitTransfer,
            ConduitBatch1155Transfer
        } from "./lib/ConduitStructs.sol";
        import "./lib/ConduitConstants.sol";
        /**
         * @title Conduit
         * @author 0age
         * @notice This contract serves as an originator for "proxied" transfers. Each
         *         conduit is deployed and controlled by a "conduit controller" that can
         *         add and remove "channels" or contracts that can instruct the conduit
         *         to transfer approved ERC20/721/1155 tokens. *IMPORTANT NOTE: each
         *         conduit has an owner that can arbitrarily add or remove channels, and
         *         a malicious or negligent owner can add a channel that allows for any
         *         approved ERC20/721/1155 tokens to be taken immediately — be extremely
         *         cautious with what conduits you give token approvals to!*
         */
        contract Conduit is ConduitInterface, TokenTransferrer {
            // Set deployer as an immutable controller that can update channel statuses.
            address private immutable _controller;
            // Track the status of each channel.
            mapping(address => bool) private _channels;
            /**
             * @notice Ensure that the caller is currently registered as an open channel
             *         on the conduit.
             */
            modifier onlyOpenChannel() {
                // Utilize assembly to access channel storage mapping directly.
                assembly {
                    // Write the caller to scratch space.
                    mstore(ChannelKey_channel_ptr, caller())
                    // Write the storage slot for _channels to scratch space.
                    mstore(ChannelKey_slot_ptr, _channels.slot)
                    // Derive the position in storage of _channels[msg.sender]
                    // and check if the stored value is zero.
                    if iszero(
                        sload(keccak256(ChannelKey_channel_ptr, ChannelKey_length))
                    ) {
                        // The caller is not an open channel; revert with
                        // ChannelClosed(caller). First, set error signature in memory.
                        mstore(ChannelClosed_error_ptr, ChannelClosed_error_signature)
                        // Next, set the caller as the argument.
                        mstore(ChannelClosed_channel_ptr, caller())
                        // Finally, revert, returning full custom error with argument.
                        revert(ChannelClosed_error_ptr, ChannelClosed_error_length)
                    }
                }
                // Continue with function execution.
                _;
            }
            /**
             * @notice In the constructor, set the deployer as the controller.
             */
            constructor() {
                // Set the deployer as the controller.
                _controller = msg.sender;
            }
            /**
             * @notice Execute a sequence of ERC20/721/1155 transfers. Only a caller
             *         with an open channel can call this function. Note that channels
             *         are expected to implement reentrancy protection if desired, and
             *         that cross-channel reentrancy may be possible if the conduit has
             *         multiple open channels at once. Also note that channels are
             *         expected to implement checks against transferring any zero-amount
             *         items if that constraint is desired.
             *
             * @param transfers The ERC20/721/1155 transfers to perform.
             *
             * @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the transfers were
             *                    performed successfully.
             */
            function execute(ConduitTransfer[] calldata transfers)
                external
                override
                onlyOpenChannel
                returns (bytes4 magicValue)
            {
                // Retrieve the total number of transfers and place on the stack.
                uint256 totalStandardTransfers = transfers.length;
                // Iterate over each transfer.
                for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalStandardTransfers; ) {
                    // Retrieve the transfer in question and perform the transfer.
                    _transfer(transfers[i]);
                    // Skip overflow check as for loop is indexed starting at zero.
                    unchecked {
                        ++i;
                    }
                }
                // Return a magic value indicating that the transfers were performed.
                magicValue = this.execute.selector;
            }
            /**
             * @notice Execute a sequence of batch 1155 item transfers. Only a caller
             *         with an open channel can call this function. Note that channels
             *         are expected to implement reentrancy protection if desired, and
             *         that cross-channel reentrancy may be possible if the conduit has
             *         multiple open channels at once. Also note that channels are
             *         expected to implement checks against transferring any zero-amount
             *         items if that constraint is desired.
             *
             * @param batchTransfers The 1155 batch item transfers to perform.
             *
             * @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the item transfers were
             *                    performed successfully.
             */
            function executeBatch1155(
                ConduitBatch1155Transfer[] calldata batchTransfers
            ) external override onlyOpenChannel returns (bytes4 magicValue) {
                // Perform 1155 batch transfers. Note that memory should be considered
                // entirely corrupted from this point forward.
                _performERC1155BatchTransfers(batchTransfers);
                // Return a magic value indicating that the transfers were performed.
                magicValue = this.executeBatch1155.selector;
            }
            /**
             * @notice Execute a sequence of transfers, both single ERC20/721/1155 item
             *         transfers as well as batch 1155 item transfers. Only a caller
             *         with an open channel can call this function. Note that channels
             *         are expected to implement reentrancy protection if desired, and
             *         that cross-channel reentrancy may be possible if the conduit has
             *         multiple open channels at once. Also note that channels are
             *         expected to implement checks against transferring any zero-amount
             *         items if that constraint is desired.
             *
             * @param standardTransfers The ERC20/721/1155 item transfers to perform.
             * @param batchTransfers    The 1155 batch item transfers to perform.
             *
             * @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the item transfers were
             *                    performed successfully.
             */
            function executeWithBatch1155(
                ConduitTransfer[] calldata standardTransfers,
                ConduitBatch1155Transfer[] calldata batchTransfers
            ) external override onlyOpenChannel returns (bytes4 magicValue) {
                // Retrieve the total number of transfers and place on the stack.
                uint256 totalStandardTransfers = standardTransfers.length;
                // Iterate over each standard transfer.
                for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalStandardTransfers; ) {
                    // Retrieve the transfer in question and perform the transfer.
                    _transfer(standardTransfers[i]);
                    // Skip overflow check as for loop is indexed starting at zero.
                    unchecked {
                        ++i;
                    }
                }
                // Perform 1155 batch transfers. Note that memory should be considered
                // entirely corrupted from this point forward aside from the free memory
                // pointer having the default value.
                _performERC1155BatchTransfers(batchTransfers);
                // Return a magic value indicating that the transfers were performed.
                magicValue = this.executeWithBatch1155.selector;
            }
            /**
             * @notice Open or close a given channel. Only callable by the controller.
             *
             * @param channel The channel to open or close.
             * @param isOpen  The status of the channel (either open or closed).
             */
            function updateChannel(address channel, bool isOpen) external override {
                // Ensure that the caller is the controller of this contract.
                if (msg.sender != _controller) {
                    revert InvalidController();
                }
                // Ensure that the channel does not already have the indicated status.
                if (_channels[channel] == isOpen) {
                    revert ChannelStatusAlreadySet(channel, isOpen);
                }
                // Update the status of the channel.
                _channels[channel] = isOpen;
                // Emit a corresponding event.
                emit ChannelUpdated(channel, isOpen);
            }
            /**
             * @dev Internal function to transfer a given ERC20/721/1155 item. Note that
             *      channels are expected to implement checks against transferring any
             *      zero-amount items if that constraint is desired.
             *
             * @param item The ERC20/721/1155 item to transfer.
             */
            function _transfer(ConduitTransfer calldata item) internal {
                // Determine the transfer method based on the respective item type.
                if (item.itemType == ConduitItemType.ERC20) {
                    // Transfer ERC20 token. Note that item.identifier is ignored and
                    // therefore ERC20 transfer items are potentially malleable — this
                    // check should be performed by the calling channel if a constraint
                    // on item malleability is desired.
                    _performERC20Transfer(item.token, item.from, item.to, item.amount);
                } else if (item.itemType == ConduitItemType.ERC721) {
                    // Ensure that exactly one 721 item is being transferred.
                    if (item.amount != 1) {
                        revert InvalidERC721TransferAmount();
                    }
                    // Transfer ERC721 token.
                    _performERC721Transfer(
                        item.token,
                        item.from,
                        item.to,
                        item.identifier
                    );
                } else if (item.itemType == ConduitItemType.ERC1155) {
                    // Transfer ERC1155 token.
                    _performERC1155Transfer(
                        item.token,
                        item.from,
                        item.to,
                        item.identifier,
                        item.amount
                    );
                } else {
                    // Throw with an error.
                    revert InvalidItemType();
                }
            }
        }
        // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
        pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
        // prettier-ignore
        import {
            ConduitTransfer,
            ConduitBatch1155Transfer
        } from "../conduit/lib/ConduitStructs.sol";
        /**
         * @title ConduitInterface
         * @author 0age
         * @notice ConduitInterface contains all external function interfaces, events,
         *         and errors for conduit contracts.
         */
        interface ConduitInterface {
            /**
             * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to execute transfers using a
             *      caller that does not have an open channel.
             */
            error ChannelClosed(address channel);
            /**
             * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to update a channel to the
             *      current status of that channel.
             */
            error ChannelStatusAlreadySet(address channel, bool isOpen);
            /**
             * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to execute a transfer for an
             *      item that does not have an ERC20/721/1155 item type.
             */
            error InvalidItemType();
            /**
             * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to update the status of a
             *      channel from a caller that is not the conduit controller.
             */
            error InvalidController();
            /**
             * @dev Emit an event whenever a channel is opened or closed.
             *
             * @param channel The channel that has been updated.
             * @param open    A boolean indicating whether the conduit is open or not.
             */
            event ChannelUpdated(address indexed channel, bool open);
            /**
             * @notice Execute a sequence of ERC20/721/1155 transfers. Only a caller
             *         with an open channel can call this function.
             *
             * @param transfers The ERC20/721/1155 transfers to perform.
             *
             * @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the transfers were
             *                    performed successfully.
             */
            function execute(ConduitTransfer[] calldata transfers)
                external
                returns (bytes4 magicValue);
            /**
             * @notice Execute a sequence of batch 1155 transfers. Only a caller with an
             *         open channel can call this function.
             *
             * @param batch1155Transfers The 1155 batch transfers to perform.
             *
             * @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the transfers were
             *                    performed successfully.
             */
            function executeBatch1155(
                ConduitBatch1155Transfer[] calldata batch1155Transfers
            ) external returns (bytes4 magicValue);
            /**
             * @notice Execute a sequence of transfers, both single and batch 1155. Only
             *         a caller with an open channel can call this function.
             *
             * @param standardTransfers  The ERC20/721/1155 transfers to perform.
             * @param batch1155Transfers The 1155 batch transfers to perform.
             *
             * @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the transfers were
             *                    performed successfully.
             */
            function executeWithBatch1155(
                ConduitTransfer[] calldata standardTransfers,
                ConduitBatch1155Transfer[] calldata batch1155Transfers
            ) external returns (bytes4 magicValue);
            /**
             * @notice Open or close a given channel. Only callable by the controller.
             *
             * @param channel The channel to open or close.
             * @param isOpen  The status of the channel (either open or closed).
             */
            function updateChannel(address channel, bool isOpen) external;
        }
        // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
        pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
        enum ConduitItemType {
            NATIVE, // unused
            ERC20,
            ERC721,
            ERC1155
        }
        // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
        pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
        import "./TokenTransferrerConstants.sol";
        // prettier-ignore
        import {
            TokenTransferrerErrors
        } from "../interfaces/TokenTransferrerErrors.sol";
        import { ConduitBatch1155Transfer } from "../conduit/lib/ConduitStructs.sol";
        /**
         * @title TokenTransferrer
         * @author 0age
         * @custom:coauthor d1ll0n
         * @custom:coauthor transmissions11
         * @notice TokenTransferrer is a library for performing optimized ERC20, ERC721,
         *         ERC1155, and batch ERC1155 transfers, used by both Seaport as well as
         *         by conduits deployed by the ConduitController. Use great caution when
         *         considering these functions for use in other codebases, as there are
         *         significant side effects and edge cases that need to be thoroughly
         *         understood and carefully addressed.
         */
        contract TokenTransferrer is TokenTransferrerErrors {
            /**
             * @dev Internal function to transfer ERC20 tokens from a given originator
             *      to a given recipient. Sufficient approvals must be set on the
             *      contract performing the transfer.
             *
             * @param token      The ERC20 token to transfer.
             * @param from       The originator of the transfer.
             * @param to         The recipient of the transfer.
             * @param amount     The amount to transfer.
             */
            function _performERC20Transfer(
                address token,
                address from,
                address to,
                uint256 amount
            ) internal {
                // Utilize assembly to perform an optimized ERC20 token transfer.
                assembly {
                    // The free memory pointer memory slot will be used when populating
                    // call data for the transfer; read the value and restore it later.
                    let memPointer := mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot)
                    // Write call data into memory, starting with function selector.
                    mstore(ERC20_transferFrom_sig_ptr, ERC20_transferFrom_signature)
                    mstore(ERC20_transferFrom_from_ptr, from)
                    mstore(ERC20_transferFrom_to_ptr, to)
                    mstore(ERC20_transferFrom_amount_ptr, amount)
                    // Make call & copy up to 32 bytes of return data to scratch space.
                    // Scratch space does not need to be cleared ahead of time, as the
                    // subsequent check will ensure that either at least a full word of
                    // return data is received (in which case it will be overwritten) or
                    // that no data is received (in which case scratch space will be
                    // ignored) on a successful call to the given token.
                    let callStatus := call(
                        gas(),
                        token,
                        0,
                        ERC20_transferFrom_sig_ptr,
                        ERC20_transferFrom_length,
                        0,
                        OneWord
                    )
                    // Determine whether transfer was successful using status & result.
                    let success := and(
                        // Set success to whether the call reverted, if not check it
                        // either returned exactly 1 (can't just be non-zero data), or
                        // had no return data.
                        or(
                            and(eq(mload(0), 1), gt(returndatasize(), 31)),
                            iszero(returndatasize())
                        ),
                        callStatus
                    )
                    // Handle cases where either the transfer failed or no data was
                    // returned. Group these, as most transfers will succeed with data.
                    // Equivalent to `or(iszero(success), iszero(returndatasize()))`
                    // but after it's inverted for JUMPI this expression is cheaper.
                    if iszero(and(success, iszero(iszero(returndatasize())))) {
                        // If the token has no code or the transfer failed: Equivalent
                        // to `or(iszero(success), iszero(extcodesize(token)))` but
                        // after it's inverted for JUMPI this expression is cheaper.
                        if iszero(and(iszero(iszero(extcodesize(token))), success)) {
                            // If the transfer failed:
                            if iszero(success) {
                                // If it was due to a revert:
                                if iszero(callStatus) {
                                    // If it returned a message, bubble it up as long as
                                    // sufficient gas remains to do so:
                                    if returndatasize() {
                                        // Ensure that sufficient gas is available to
                                        // copy returndata while expanding memory where
                                        // necessary. Start by computing the word size
                                        // of returndata and allocated memory. Round up
                                        // to the nearest full word.
                                        let returnDataWords := div(
                                            add(returndatasize(), AlmostOneWord),
                                            OneWord
                                        )
                                        // Note: use the free memory pointer in place of
                                        // msize() to work around a Yul warning that
                                        // prevents accessing msize directly when the IR
                                        // pipeline is activated.
                                        let msizeWords := div(memPointer, OneWord)
                                        // Next, compute the cost of the returndatacopy.
                                        let cost := mul(CostPerWord, returnDataWords)
                                        // Then, compute cost of new memory allocation.
                                        if gt(returnDataWords, msizeWords) {
                                            cost := add(
                                                cost,
                                                add(
                                                    mul(
                                                        sub(
                                                            returnDataWords,
                                                            msizeWords
                                                        ),
                                                        CostPerWord
                                                    ),
                                                    div(
                                                        sub(
                                                            mul(
                                                                returnDataWords,
                                                                returnDataWords
                                                            ),
                                                            mul(msizeWords, msizeWords)
                                                        ),
                                                        MemoryExpansionCoefficient
                                                    )
                                                )
                                            )
                                        }
                                        // Finally, add a small constant and compare to
                                        // gas remaining; bubble up the revert data if
                                        // enough gas is still available.
                                        if lt(add(cost, ExtraGasBuffer), gas()) {
                                            // Copy returndata to memory; overwrite
                                            // existing memory.
                                            returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
                                            // Revert, specifying memory region with
                                            // copied returndata.
                                            revert(0, returndatasize())
                                        }
                                    }
                                    // Otherwise revert with a generic error message.
                                    mstore(
                                        TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
                                        TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_signature
                                    )
                                    mstore(
                                        TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_token_ptr,
                                        token
                                    )
                                    mstore(
                                        TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_from_ptr,
                                        from
                                    )
                                    mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_to_ptr, to)
                                    mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_id_ptr, 0)
                                    mstore(
                                        TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_amount_ptr,
                                        amount
                                    )
                                    revert(
                                        TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
                                        TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_length
                                    )
                                }
                                // Otherwise revert with a message about the token
                                // returning false or non-compliant return values.
                                mstore(
                                    BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_sig_ptr,
                                    BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_signature
                                )
                                mstore(
                                    BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_token_ptr,
                                    token
                                )
                                mstore(
                                    BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_from_ptr,
                                    from
                                )
                                mstore(
                                    BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_to_ptr,
                                    to
                                )
                                mstore(
                                    BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_amount_ptr,
                                    amount
                                )
                                revert(
                                    BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_sig_ptr,
                                    BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_length
                                )
                            }
                            // Otherwise, revert with error about token not having code:
                            mstore(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_signature)
                            mstore(NoContract_error_token_ptr, token)
                            revert(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_length)
                        }
                        // Otherwise, the token just returned no data despite the call
                        // having succeeded; no need to optimize for this as it's not
                        // technically ERC20 compliant.
                    }
                    // Restore the original free memory pointer.
                    mstore(FreeMemoryPointerSlot, memPointer)
                    // Restore the zero slot to zero.
                    mstore(ZeroSlot, 0)
                }
            }
            /**
             * @dev Internal function to transfer an ERC721 token from a given
             *      originator to a given recipient. Sufficient approvals must be set on
             *      the contract performing the transfer. Note that this function does
             *      not check whether the receiver can accept the ERC721 token (i.e. it
             *      does not use `safeTransferFrom`).
             *
             * @param token      The ERC721 token to transfer.
             * @param from       The originator of the transfer.
             * @param to         The recipient of the transfer.
             * @param identifier The tokenId to transfer.
             */
            function _performERC721Transfer(
                address token,
                address from,
                address to,
                uint256 identifier
            ) internal {
                // Utilize assembly to perform an optimized ERC721 token transfer.
                assembly {
                    // If the token has no code, revert.
                    if iszero(extcodesize(token)) {
                        mstore(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_signature)
                        mstore(NoContract_error_token_ptr, token)
                        revert(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_length)
                    }
                    // The free memory pointer memory slot will be used when populating
                    // call data for the transfer; read the value and restore it later.
                    let memPointer := mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot)
                    // Write call data to memory starting with function selector.
                    mstore(ERC721_transferFrom_sig_ptr, ERC721_transferFrom_signature)
                    mstore(ERC721_transferFrom_from_ptr, from)
                    mstore(ERC721_transferFrom_to_ptr, to)
                    mstore(ERC721_transferFrom_id_ptr, identifier)
                    // Perform the call, ignoring return data.
                    let success := call(
                        gas(),
                        token,
                        0,
                        ERC721_transferFrom_sig_ptr,
                        ERC721_transferFrom_length,
                        0,
                        0
                    )
                    // If the transfer reverted:
                    if iszero(success) {
                        // If it returned a message, bubble it up as long as sufficient
                        // gas remains to do so:
                        if returndatasize() {
                            // Ensure that sufficient gas is available to copy
                            // returndata while expanding memory where necessary. Start
                            // by computing word size of returndata & allocated memory.
                            // Round up to the nearest full word.
                            let returnDataWords := div(
                                add(returndatasize(), AlmostOneWord),
                                OneWord
                            )
                            // Note: use the free memory pointer in place of msize() to
                            // work around a Yul warning that prevents accessing msize
                            // directly when the IR pipeline is activated.
                            let msizeWords := div(memPointer, OneWord)
                            // Next, compute the cost of the returndatacopy.
                            let cost := mul(CostPerWord, returnDataWords)
                            // Then, compute cost of new memory allocation.
                            if gt(returnDataWords, msizeWords) {
                                cost := add(
                                    cost,
                                    add(
                                        mul(
                                            sub(returnDataWords, msizeWords),
                                            CostPerWord
                                        ),
                                        div(
                                            sub(
                                                mul(returnDataWords, returnDataWords),
                                                mul(msizeWords, msizeWords)
                                            ),
                                            MemoryExpansionCoefficient
                                        )
                                    )
                                )
                            }
                            // Finally, add a small constant and compare to gas
                            // remaining; bubble up the revert data if enough gas is
                            // still available.
                            if lt(add(cost, ExtraGasBuffer), gas()) {
                                // Copy returndata to memory; overwrite existing memory.
                                returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
                                // Revert, giving memory region with copied returndata.
                                revert(0, returndatasize())
                            }
                        }
                        // Otherwise revert with a generic error message.
                        mstore(
                            TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
                            TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_signature
                        )
                        mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_token_ptr, token)
                        mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_from_ptr, from)
                        mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_to_ptr, to)
                        mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_id_ptr, identifier)
                        mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_amount_ptr, 1)
                        revert(
                            TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
                            TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_length
                        )
                    }
                    // Restore the original free memory pointer.
                    mstore(FreeMemoryPointerSlot, memPointer)
                    // Restore the zero slot to zero.
                    mstore(ZeroSlot, 0)
                }
            }
            /**
             * @dev Internal function to transfer ERC1155 tokens from a given
             *      originator to a given recipient. Sufficient approvals must be set on
             *      the contract performing the transfer and contract recipients must
             *      implement the ERC1155TokenReceiver interface to indicate that they
             *      are willing to accept the transfer.
             *
             * @param token      The ERC1155 token to transfer.
             * @param from       The originator of the transfer.
             * @param to         The recipient of the transfer.
             * @param identifier The id to transfer.
             * @param amount     The amount to transfer.
             */
            function _performERC1155Transfer(
                address token,
                address from,
                address to,
                uint256 identifier,
                uint256 amount
            ) internal {
                // Utilize assembly to perform an optimized ERC1155 token transfer.
                assembly {
                    // If the token has no code, revert.
                    if iszero(extcodesize(token)) {
                        mstore(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_signature)
                        mstore(NoContract_error_token_ptr, token)
                        revert(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_length)
                    }
                    // The following memory slots will be used when populating call data
                    // for the transfer; read the values and restore them later.
                    let memPointer := mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot)
                    let slot0x80 := mload(Slot0x80)
                    let slot0xA0 := mload(Slot0xA0)
                    let slot0xC0 := mload(Slot0xC0)
                    // Write call data into memory, beginning with function selector.
                    mstore(
                        ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_sig_ptr,
                        ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_signature
                    )
                    mstore(ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_from_ptr, from)
                    mstore(ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_to_ptr, to)
                    mstore(ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_id_ptr, identifier)
                    mstore(ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_amount_ptr, amount)
                    mstore(
                        ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_offset_ptr,
                        ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_length_offset
                    )
                    mstore(ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_length_ptr, 0)
                    // Perform the call, ignoring return data.
                    let success := call(
                        gas(),
                        token,
                        0,
                        ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_sig_ptr,
                        ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_length,
                        0,
                        0
                    )
                    // If the transfer reverted:
                    if iszero(success) {
                        // If it returned a message, bubble it up as long as sufficient
                        // gas remains to do so:
                        if returndatasize() {
                            // Ensure that sufficient gas is available to copy
                            // returndata while expanding memory where necessary. Start
                            // by computing word size of returndata & allocated memory.
                            // Round up to the nearest full word.
                            let returnDataWords := div(
                                add(returndatasize(), AlmostOneWord),
                                OneWord
                            )
                            // Note: use the free memory pointer in place of msize() to
                            // work around a Yul warning that prevents accessing msize
                            // directly when the IR pipeline is activated.
                            let msizeWords := div(memPointer, OneWord)
                            // Next, compute the cost of the returndatacopy.
                            let cost := mul(CostPerWord, returnDataWords)
                            // Then, compute cost of new memory allocation.
                            if gt(returnDataWords, msizeWords) {
                                cost := add(
                                    cost,
                                    add(
                                        mul(
                                            sub(returnDataWords, msizeWords),
                                            CostPerWord
                                        ),
                                        div(
                                            sub(
                                                mul(returnDataWords, returnDataWords),
                                                mul(msizeWords, msizeWords)
                                            ),
                                            MemoryExpansionCoefficient
                                        )
                                    )
                                )
                            }
                            // Finally, add a small constant and compare to gas
                            // remaining; bubble up the revert data if enough gas is
                            // still available.
                            if lt(add(cost, ExtraGasBuffer), gas()) {
                                // Copy returndata to memory; overwrite existing memory.
                                returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
                                // Revert, giving memory region with copied returndata.
                                revert(0, returndatasize())
                            }
                        }
                        // Otherwise revert with a generic error message.
                        mstore(
                            TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
                            TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_signature
                        )
                        mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_token_ptr, token)
                        mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_from_ptr, from)
                        mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_to_ptr, to)
                        mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_id_ptr, identifier)
                        mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_amount_ptr, amount)
                        revert(
                            TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
                            TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_length
                        )
                    }
                    mstore(Slot0x80, slot0x80) // Restore slot 0x80.
                    mstore(Slot0xA0, slot0xA0) // Restore slot 0xA0.
                    mstore(Slot0xC0, slot0xC0) // Restore slot 0xC0.
                    // Restore the original free memory pointer.
                    mstore(FreeMemoryPointerSlot, memPointer)
                    // Restore the zero slot to zero.
                    mstore(ZeroSlot, 0)
                }
            }
            /**
             * @dev Internal function to transfer ERC1155 tokens from a given
             *      originator to a given recipient. Sufficient approvals must be set on
             *      the contract performing the transfer and contract recipients must
             *      implement the ERC1155TokenReceiver interface to indicate that they
             *      are willing to accept the transfer. NOTE: this function is not
             *      memory-safe; it will overwrite existing memory, restore the free
             *      memory pointer to the default value, and overwrite the zero slot.
             *      This function should only be called once memory is no longer
             *      required and when uninitialized arrays are not utilized, and memory
             *      should be considered fully corrupted (aside from the existence of a
             *      default-value free memory pointer) after calling this function.
             *
             * @param batchTransfers The group of 1155 batch transfers to perform.
             */
            function _performERC1155BatchTransfers(
                ConduitBatch1155Transfer[] calldata batchTransfers
            ) internal {
                // Utilize assembly to perform optimized batch 1155 transfers.
                assembly {
                    let len := batchTransfers.length
                    // Pointer to first head in the array, which is offset to the struct
                    // at each index. This gets incremented after each loop to avoid
                    // multiplying by 32 to get the offset for each element.
                    let nextElementHeadPtr := batchTransfers.offset
                    // Pointer to beginning of the head of the array. This is the
                    // reference position each offset references. It's held static to
                    // let each loop calculate the data position for an element.
                    let arrayHeadPtr := nextElementHeadPtr
                    // Write the function selector, which will be reused for each call:
                    // safeBatchTransferFrom(address,address,uint256[],uint256[],bytes)
                    mstore(
                        ConduitBatch1155Transfer_from_offset,
                        ERC1155_safeBatchTransferFrom_signature
                    )
                    // Iterate over each batch transfer.
                    for {
                        let i := 0
                    } lt(i, len) {
                        i := add(i, 1)
                    } {
                        // Read the offset to the beginning of the element and add
                        // it to pointer to the beginning of the array head to get
                        // the absolute position of the element in calldata.
                        let elementPtr := add(
                            arrayHeadPtr,
                            calldataload(nextElementHeadPtr)
                        )
                        // Retrieve the token from calldata.
                        let token := calldataload(elementPtr)
                        // If the token has no code, revert.
                        if iszero(extcodesize(token)) {
                            mstore(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_signature)
                            mstore(NoContract_error_token_ptr, token)
                            revert(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_length)
                        }
                        // Get the total number of supplied ids.
                        let idsLength := calldataload(
                            add(elementPtr, ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_length_offset)
                        )
                        // Determine the expected offset for the amounts array.
                        let expectedAmountsOffset := add(
                            ConduitBatch1155Transfer_amounts_length_baseOffset,
                            mul(idsLength, OneWord)
                        )
                        // Validate struct encoding.
                        let invalidEncoding := iszero(
                            and(
                                // ids.length == amounts.length
                                eq(
                                    idsLength,
                                    calldataload(add(elementPtr, expectedAmountsOffset))
                                ),
                                and(
                                    // ids_offset == 0xa0
                                    eq(
                                        calldataload(
                                            add(
                                                elementPtr,
                                                ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_head_offset
                                            )
                                        ),
                                        ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_length_offset
                                    ),
                                    // amounts_offset == 0xc0 + ids.length*32
                                    eq(
                                        calldataload(
                                            add(
                                                elementPtr,
                                                ConduitBatchTransfer_amounts_head_offset
                                            )
                                        ),
                                        expectedAmountsOffset
                                    )
                                )
                            )
                        )
                        // Revert with an error if the encoding is not valid.
                        if invalidEncoding {
                            mstore(
                                Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_ptr,
                                Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_selector
                            )
                            revert(
                                Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_ptr,
                                Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_length
                            )
                        }
                        // Update the offset position for the next loop
                        nextElementHeadPtr := add(nextElementHeadPtr, OneWord)
                        // Copy the first section of calldata (before dynamic values).
                        calldatacopy(
                            BatchTransfer1155Params_ptr,
                            add(elementPtr, ConduitBatch1155Transfer_from_offset),
                            ConduitBatch1155Transfer_usable_head_size
                        )
                        // Determine size of calldata required for ids and amounts. Note
                        // that the size includes both lengths as well as the data.
                        let idsAndAmountsSize := add(TwoWords, mul(idsLength, TwoWords))
                        // Update the offset for the data array in memory.
                        mstore(
                            BatchTransfer1155Params_data_head_ptr,
                            add(
                                BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_length_offset,
                                idsAndAmountsSize
                            )
                        )
                        // Set the length of the data array in memory to zero.
                        mstore(
                            add(
                                BatchTransfer1155Params_data_length_basePtr,
                                idsAndAmountsSize
                            ),
                            0
                        )
                        // Determine the total calldata size for the call to transfer.
                        let transferDataSize := add(
                            BatchTransfer1155Params_calldata_baseSize,
                            idsAndAmountsSize
                        )
                        // Copy second section of calldata (including dynamic values).
                        calldatacopy(
                            BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_length_ptr,
                            add(elementPtr, ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_length_offset),
                            idsAndAmountsSize
                        )
                        // Perform the call to transfer 1155 tokens.
                        let success := call(
                            gas(),
                            token,
                            0,
                            ConduitBatch1155Transfer_from_offset, // Data portion start.
                            transferDataSize, // Location of the length of callData.
                            0,
                            0
                        )
                        // If the transfer reverted:
                        if iszero(success) {
                            // If it returned a message, bubble it up as long as
                            // sufficient gas remains to do so:
                            if returndatasize() {
                                // Ensure that sufficient gas is available to copy
                                // returndata while expanding memory where necessary.
                                // Start by computing word size of returndata and
                                // allocated memory. Round up to the nearest full word.
                                let returnDataWords := div(
                                    add(returndatasize(), AlmostOneWord),
                                    OneWord
                                )
                                // Note: use transferDataSize in place of msize() to
                                // work around a Yul warning that prevents accessing
                                // msize directly when the IR pipeline is activated.
                                // The free memory pointer is not used here because
                                // this function does almost all memory management
                                // manually and does not update it, and transferDataSize
                                // should be the largest memory value used (unless a
                                // previous batch was larger).
                                let msizeWords := div(transferDataSize, OneWord)
                                // Next, compute the cost of the returndatacopy.
                                let cost := mul(CostPerWord, returnDataWords)
                                // Then, compute cost of new memory allocation.
                                if gt(returnDataWords, msizeWords) {
                                    cost := add(
                                        cost,
                                        add(
                                            mul(
                                                sub(returnDataWords, msizeWords),
                                                CostPerWord
                                            ),
                                            div(
                                                sub(
                                                    mul(
                                                        returnDataWords,
                                                        returnDataWords
                                                    ),
                                                    mul(msizeWords, msizeWords)
                                                ),
                                                MemoryExpansionCoefficient
                                            )
                                        )
                                    )
                                }
                                // Finally, add a small constant and compare to gas
                                // remaining; bubble up the revert data if enough gas is
                                // still available.
                                if lt(add(cost, ExtraGasBuffer), gas()) {
                                    // Copy returndata to memory; overwrite existing.
                                    returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
                                    // Revert with memory region containing returndata.
                                    revert(0, returndatasize())
                                }
                            }
                            // Set the error signature.
                            mstore(
                                0,
                                ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_error_signature
                            )
                            // Write the token.
                            mstore(ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_token_ptr, token)
                            // Increase the offset to ids by 32.
                            mstore(
                                BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_head_ptr,
                                ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_ids_offset
                            )
                            // Increase the offset to amounts by 32.
                            mstore(
                                BatchTransfer1155Params_amounts_head_ptr,
                                add(
                                    OneWord,
                                    mload(BatchTransfer1155Params_amounts_head_ptr)
                                )
                            )
                            // Return modified region. The total size stays the same as
                            // `token` uses the same number of bytes as `data.length`.
                            revert(0, transferDataSize)
                        }
                    }
                    // Reset the free memory pointer to the default value; memory must
                    // be assumed to be dirtied and not reused from this point forward.
                    // Also note that the zero slot is not reset to zero, meaning empty
                    // arrays cannot be safely created or utilized until it is restored.
                    mstore(FreeMemoryPointerSlot, DefaultFreeMemoryPointer)
                }
            }
        }
        // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
        pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
        import { ConduitItemType } from "./ConduitEnums.sol";
        struct ConduitTransfer {
            ConduitItemType itemType;
            address token;
            address from;
            address to;
            uint256 identifier;
            uint256 amount;
        }
        struct ConduitBatch1155Transfer {
            address token;
            address from;
            address to;
            uint256[] ids;
            uint256[] amounts;
        }
        // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
        pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
        // error ChannelClosed(address channel)
        uint256 constant ChannelClosed_error_signature = (
            0x93daadf200000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
        );
        uint256 constant ChannelClosed_error_ptr = 0x00;
        uint256 constant ChannelClosed_channel_ptr = 0x4;
        uint256 constant ChannelClosed_error_length = 0x24;
        // For the mapping:
        // mapping(address => bool) channels
        // The position in storage for a particular account is:
        // keccak256(abi.encode(account, channels.slot))
        uint256 constant ChannelKey_channel_ptr = 0x00;
        uint256 constant ChannelKey_slot_ptr = 0x20;
        uint256 constant ChannelKey_length = 0x40;
        // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
        pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
        /*
         * -------------------------- Disambiguation & Other Notes ---------------------
         *    - The term "head" is used as it is in the documentation for ABI encoding,
         *      but only in reference to dynamic types, i.e. it always refers to the
         *      offset or pointer to the body of a dynamic type. In calldata, the head
         *      is always an offset (relative to the parent object), while in memory,
         *      the head is always the pointer to the body. More information found here:
         *      https://docs.soliditylang.org/en/v0.8.14/abi-spec.html#argument-encoding
         *        - Note that the length of an array is separate from and precedes the
         *          head of the array.
         *
         *    - The term "body" is used in place of the term "head" used in the ABI
         *      documentation. It refers to the start of the data for a dynamic type,
         *      e.g. the first word of a struct or the first word of the first element
         *      in an array.
         *
         *    - The term "pointer" is used to describe the absolute position of a value
         *      and never an offset relative to another value.
         *        - The suffix "_ptr" refers to a memory pointer.
         *        - The suffix "_cdPtr" refers to a calldata pointer.
         *
         *    - The term "offset" is used to describe the position of a value relative
         *      to some parent value. For example, OrderParameters_conduit_offset is the
         *      offset to the "conduit" value in the OrderParameters struct relative to
         *      the start of the body.
         *        - Note: Offsets are used to derive pointers.
         *
         *    - Some structs have pointers defined for all of their fields in this file.
         *      Lines which are commented out are fields that are not used in the
         *      codebase but have been left in for readability.
         */
        uint256 constant AlmostOneWord = 0x1f;
        uint256 constant OneWord = 0x20;
        uint256 constant TwoWords = 0x40;
        uint256 constant ThreeWords = 0x60;
        uint256 constant FreeMemoryPointerSlot = 0x40;
        uint256 constant ZeroSlot = 0x60;
        uint256 constant DefaultFreeMemoryPointer = 0x80;
        uint256 constant Slot0x80 = 0x80;
        uint256 constant Slot0xA0 = 0xa0;
        uint256 constant Slot0xC0 = 0xc0;
        // abi.encodeWithSignature("transferFrom(address,address,uint256)")
        uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_signature = (
            0x23b872dd00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
        );
        uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_sig_ptr = 0x0;
        uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_from_ptr = 0x04;
        uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_to_ptr = 0x24;
        uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_amount_ptr = 0x44;
        uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_length = 0x64; // 4 + 32 * 3 == 100
        // abi.encodeWithSignature(
        //     "safeTransferFrom(address,address,uint256,uint256,bytes)"
        // )
        uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_signature = (
            0xf242432a00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
        );
        uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_sig_ptr = 0x0;
        uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_from_ptr = 0x04;
        uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_to_ptr = 0x24;
        uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_id_ptr = 0x44;
        uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_amount_ptr = 0x64;
        uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_offset_ptr = 0x84;
        uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_length_ptr = 0xa4;
        uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_length = 0xc4; // 4 + 32 * 6 == 196
        uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_length_offset = 0xa0;
        // abi.encodeWithSignature(
        //     "safeBatchTransferFrom(address,address,uint256[],uint256[],bytes)"
        // )
        uint256 constant ERC1155_safeBatchTransferFrom_signature = (
            0x2eb2c2d600000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
        );
        bytes4 constant ERC1155_safeBatchTransferFrom_selector = bytes4(
            bytes32(ERC1155_safeBatchTransferFrom_signature)
        );
        uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_signature = ERC20_transferFrom_signature;
        uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_sig_ptr = 0x0;
        uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_from_ptr = 0x04;
        uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_to_ptr = 0x24;
        uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_id_ptr = 0x44;
        uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_length = 0x64; // 4 + 32 * 3 == 100
        // abi.encodeWithSignature("NoContract(address)")
        uint256 constant NoContract_error_signature = (
            0x5f15d67200000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
        );
        uint256 constant NoContract_error_sig_ptr = 0x0;
        uint256 constant NoContract_error_token_ptr = 0x4;
        uint256 constant NoContract_error_length = 0x24; // 4 + 32 == 36
        // abi.encodeWithSignature(
        //     "TokenTransferGenericFailure(address,address,address,uint256,uint256)"
        // )
        uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_signature = (
            0xf486bc8700000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
        );
        uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr = 0x0;
        uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_token_ptr = 0x4;
        uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_from_ptr = 0x24;
        uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_to_ptr = 0x44;
        uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_id_ptr = 0x64;
        uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_amount_ptr = 0x84;
        // 4 + 32 * 5 == 164
        uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_length = 0xa4;
        // abi.encodeWithSignature(
        //     "BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer(address,address,address,uint256)"
        // )
        uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_signature = (
            0x9889192300000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
        );
        uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_sig_ptr = 0x0;
        uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_token_ptr = 0x4;
        uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_from_ptr = 0x24;
        uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_to_ptr = 0x44;
        uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_amount_ptr = 0x64;
        // 4 + 32 * 4 == 132
        uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_length = 0x84;
        uint256 constant ExtraGasBuffer = 0x20;
        uint256 constant CostPerWord = 3;
        uint256 constant MemoryExpansionCoefficient = 0x200;
        // Values are offset by 32 bytes in order to write the token to the beginning
        // in the event of a revert
        uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_ptr = 0x24;
        uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_head_ptr = 0x64;
        uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_amounts_head_ptr = 0x84;
        uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_data_head_ptr = 0xa4;
        uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_data_length_basePtr = 0xc4;
        uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_calldata_baseSize = 0xc4;
        uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_length_ptr = 0xc4;
        uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_length_offset = 0xa0;
        uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_amounts_length_baseOffset = 0xc0;
        uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_data_length_baseOffset = 0xe0;
        uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_usable_head_size = 0x80;
        uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_from_offset = 0x20;
        uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_head_offset = 0x60;
        uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_amounts_head_offset = 0x80;
        uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_length_offset = 0xa0;
        uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_amounts_length_baseOffset = 0xc0;
        uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_calldata_baseSize = 0xc0;
        // Note: abbreviated version of above constant to adhere to line length limit.
        uint256 constant ConduitBatchTransfer_amounts_head_offset = 0x80;
        uint256 constant Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_ptr = 0x00;
        uint256 constant Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_length = 0x04;
        uint256 constant Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_selector = (
            0xeba2084c00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
        );
        uint256 constant ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_error_signature = (
            0xafc445e200000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
        );
        uint256 constant ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_token_ptr = 0x04;
        uint256 constant ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_ids_offset = 0xc0;
        // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
        pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
        /**
         * @title TokenTransferrerErrors
         */
        interface TokenTransferrerErrors {
            /**
             * @dev Revert with an error when an ERC721 transfer with amount other than
             *      one is attempted.
             */
            error InvalidERC721TransferAmount();
            /**
             * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to fulfill an order where an
             *      item has an amount of zero.
             */
            error MissingItemAmount();
            /**
             * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to fulfill an order where an
             *      item has unused parameters. This includes both the token and the
             *      identifier parameters for native transfers as well as the identifier
             *      parameter for ERC20 transfers. Note that the conduit does not
             *      perform this check, leaving it up to the calling channel to enforce
             *      when desired.
             */
            error UnusedItemParameters();
            /**
             * @dev Revert with an error when an ERC20, ERC721, or ERC1155 token
             *      transfer reverts.
             *
             * @param token      The token for which the transfer was attempted.
             * @param from       The source of the attempted transfer.
             * @param to         The recipient of the attempted transfer.
             * @param identifier The identifier for the attempted transfer.
             * @param amount     The amount for the attempted transfer.
             */
            error TokenTransferGenericFailure(
                address token,
                address from,
                address to,
                uint256 identifier,
                uint256 amount
            );
            /**
             * @dev Revert with an error when a batch ERC1155 token transfer reverts.
             *
             * @param token       The token for which the transfer was attempted.
             * @param from        The source of the attempted transfer.
             * @param to          The recipient of the attempted transfer.
             * @param identifiers The identifiers for the attempted transfer.
             * @param amounts     The amounts for the attempted transfer.
             */
            error ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure(
                address token,
                address from,
                address to,
                uint256[] identifiers,
                uint256[] amounts
            );
            /**
             * @dev Revert with an error when an ERC20 token transfer returns a falsey
             *      value.
             *
             * @param token      The token for which the ERC20 transfer was attempted.
             * @param from       The source of the attempted ERC20 transfer.
             * @param to         The recipient of the attempted ERC20 transfer.
             * @param amount     The amount for the attempted ERC20 transfer.
             */
            error BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer(
                address token,
                address from,
                address to,
                uint256 amount
            );
            /**
             * @dev Revert with an error when an account being called as an assumed
             *      contract does not have code and returns no data.
             *
             * @param account The account that should contain code.
             */
            error NoContract(address account);
            /**
             * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to execute an 1155 batch
             *      transfer using calldata not produced by default ABI encoding or with
             *      different lengths for ids and amounts arrays.
             */
            error Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding();
        }
        

        File 6 of 6: GangsterAllStarEvolutionV2_1
        // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
        pragma solidity ^0.8.16;
        
        abstract contract Ownable {
            address public owner; 
            /// @dev This emits when ownership of a contract changes.
            event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed _previousOwner, address indexed _newOwner);
            // constructor() { owner = msg.sender; }
            modifier onlyOwner { require(owner == msg.sender, "Not Owner!"); _; }
            function transferOwnership(address new_) external onlyOwner { 
                address oldOwner = owner;
                owner = new_;
                emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, new_);
            }
            function mockTransferOwnership(address old_, address new_) external onlyOwner {
                // only a mock transfer event
                emit OwnershipTransferred(old_, new_);
            }
        }
        
        abstract contract ERC721G {
        
            // Standard ERC721 Events
            event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 indexed tokenId);
            event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed approved,
                uint256 indexed tokenId);
            event ApprovalForAll(address indexed owner, address indexed operator,
                bool approved);
        
            // // ERC721G Events
            // event TokenStaked(uint256 indexed tokenId_, address indexed staker,
            //     uint256 timestamp_);
            // event TokenUnstaked(uint256 indexed tokenid_, address indexed staker,
            //     uint256 timestamp_, uint256 totalTimeStaked_);
            
            // Standard ERC721 Global Variables
            string public name; // Token Name
            string public symbol; // Token Symbol
        
            // ERC721G Global Variables
            uint256 public tokenIndex; // The running index for the next TokenId
            /// @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow state-variable-immutable
            uint256 public immutable startTokenId; // Bytes Storage for the starting TokenId
            /// @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow state-variable-immutable
            uint256 public immutable maxBatchSize;
        
            // Staking Address supports Proxy
            // address public immutable stakingAddress = address(this); // The staking address
            function stakingAddress() public view returns (address) {
                return address(this);
            }
        
            /** @dev instructions:
             *  name_ sets the token name
             *  symbol_ sets the token symbol
             *  startId_ sets the starting tokenId (recommended 0-1)
             *  maxBatchSize_ sets the maximum batch size for each mint (recommended 5-20)
             */
            /// @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow constructor
            constructor(
            string memory name_, string memory symbol_, 
            uint256 startId_, uint256 maxBatchSize_) {
                name = name_;
                symbol = symbol_;
                tokenIndex = startId_;
                startTokenId = startId_;
                maxBatchSize = maxBatchSize_;
            }
        
            // ERC721G Structs
            struct OwnerStruct {
                address owner; // stores owner address for OwnerOf
                uint32 lastTransfer; // stores the last transfer of the token
                uint32 stakeTimestamp; // stores the stake timestamp in _setStakeTimestamp()
                uint32 totalTimeStaked; // stores the total time staked accumulated
            }
        
            struct BalanceStruct {
                uint32 balance; // stores the token balance of the address
                uint32 mintedAmount; // stores the minted amount of the address on mint
                // 24 Free Bytes
            }
        
            // ERC721G Mappings
            mapping(uint256 => OwnerStruct) public _tokenData; // ownerOf replacement
            mapping(address => BalanceStruct) public _balanceData; // balanceOf replacement
            mapping(uint256 => OwnerStruct) public mintIndex; // uninitialized ownerOf pointer
        
            // ERC721 Mappings
            mapping(uint256 => address) public getApproved; // for single token approvals
            mapping(address => mapping(address => bool)) public isApprovedForAll; // approveall
        
            // TIME by 0xInuarashi 
            function _getBlockTimestampCompressed() public virtual view returns (uint32) {
                return uint32(block.timestamp / 10);
            }
            function _compressTimestamp(uint256 timestamp_) public virtual view
            returns (uint32) {
                return uint32(timestamp_ / 10);
            }
            function _expandTimestamp(uint32 timestamp_) public virtual view
            returns (uint256) {
                return uint256(timestamp_) * 10;
            }
            
            function getLastTransfer(uint256 tokenId_) public virtual view
            returns (uint256) {
                return _expandTimestamp(_getTokenDataOf(tokenId_).lastTransfer);
            }
            function getStakeTimestamp(uint256 tokenId_) public virtual view
            returns (uint256) {
                return _expandTimestamp(_getTokenDataOf(tokenId_).stakeTimestamp);
            }
            function getTotalTimeStaked(uint256 tokenId_) public virtual view
            returns (uint256) {
                return _expandTimestamp(_getTokenDataOf(tokenId_).totalTimeStaked);
            }
        
            ///// ERC721G: ERC721-Like Simple Read Outputs /////
            function totalSupply() public virtual view returns (uint256) {
                return tokenIndex - startTokenId;
            }
            function balanceOf(address address_) public virtual view returns (uint256) {
                return _balanceData[address_].balance;
            }
        
            ///// ERC721G: Range-Based Logic /////
            
            /** @dev explanation:
             *  _getTokenDataOf() finds and returns either the (and in priority)
             *      - the initialized storage pointer from _tokenData
             *      - the uninitialized storage pointer from mintIndex
             * 
             *  if the _tokenData storage slot is populated, return it
             *  otherwise, do a reverse-lookup to find the uninitialized pointer from mintIndex
             */
            function _getTokenDataOf(uint256 tokenId_) public virtual view
            returns (OwnerStruct memory) {
                // The tokenId must be above startTokenId only
                require(tokenId_ >= startTokenId, "TokenId below starting Id!");
                
                // If the _tokenData is initialized (not 0x0), return the _tokenData
                if (_tokenData[tokenId_].owner != address(0)
                    || tokenId_ >= tokenIndex) {
                    return _tokenData[tokenId_];
                }
        
                // Else, do a reverse-lookup to find  the corresponding uninitialized pointer
                else { unchecked {
                    uint256 _lowerRange = tokenId_;
                    while (mintIndex[_lowerRange].owner == address(0)) { _lowerRange--; }
                    return mintIndex[_lowerRange];
                }}
            }
        
            /** @dev explanation: 
             *  ownerOf calls _getTokenDataOf() which returns either the initialized or 
             *  uninitialized pointer. 
             *  Then, it checks if the token is staked or not through stakeTimestamp.
             *  If the token is staked, return the stakingAddress, otherwise, return the owner.
             */
            function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId_) public virtual view returns (address) {
                OwnerStruct memory _OwnerStruct = _getTokenDataOf(tokenId_);
                return _OwnerStruct.stakeTimestamp == 0 ? _OwnerStruct.owner : stakingAddress();
            }
        
            /** @dev explanation:
             *  _trueOwnerOf() calls _getTokenDataOf() which returns either the initialized or
             *  uninitialized pointer.
             *  It returns the owner directly without any checks. 
             *  Used internally for proving the staker address on unstake.
             */
            function _trueOwnerOf(uint256 tokenId_) public virtual view returns (address) {
                return _getTokenDataOf(tokenId_).owner;
            }
        
            ///// ERC721G: Internal Single-Contract Staking Logic /////
            
            /** @dev explanation:
             *  _initializeTokenIf() is used as a beginning-hook to functions that require
             *  that the token is explicitly INITIALIZED before the function is able to be used.
             *  It will check if the _tokenData slot is initialized or not. 
             *  If it is not, it will initialize it.
             *  Used internally for staking logic.
             */
            function _initializeTokenIf(uint256 tokenId_, OwnerStruct memory _OwnerStruct) 
            internal virtual {
                // If the target _tokenData is not initialized, initialize it.
                if (_tokenData[tokenId_].owner == address(0)) {
                    _tokenData[tokenId_] = _OwnerStruct;
                }
            }
        
            /** @dev explanation:
             *  _setStakeTimestamp() is our staking / unstaking logic.
             *  If timestamp_ is > 0, the action is "stake"
             *  If timestamp_ is == 0, the action is "unstake"
             * 
             *  We grab the tokenData using _getTokenDataOf and then read its values.
             *  As this function requires INITIALIZED tokens only, we call _initializeTokenIf()
             *  to initialize any token using this function first.
             * 
             *  Processing of the function is explained in in-line comments.
             */
            function _setStakeTimestamp(uint256 tokenId_, uint256 timestamp_)
            internal virtual returns (address) {
                // First, call _getTokenDataOf and grab the relevant tokenData
                OwnerStruct memory _OwnerStruct = _getTokenDataOf(tokenId_);
                address _owner = _OwnerStruct.owner;
                uint32 _stakeTimestamp = _OwnerStruct.stakeTimestamp;
        
                // _setStakeTimestamp requires initialization
                _initializeTokenIf(tokenId_, _OwnerStruct);
        
                // Clear any token approvals
                delete getApproved[tokenId_];
        
                // if timestamp_ > 0, the action is "stake"
                if (timestamp_ > 0) {
                    // Make sure that the token is not staked already
                    require(_stakeTimestamp == 0,
                        "ERC721G: _setStakeTimestamp() already staked");
                    
                    // Callbrate balances between staker and stakingAddress
                    unchecked { 
                        _balanceData[_owner].balance--;
                        _balanceData[stakingAddress()].balance++;
                    }
        
                    // Emit Transfer event from trueOwner
                    emit Transfer(_owner, stakingAddress(), tokenId_);
                }
        
                // if timestamp_ == 0, the action is "unstake"
                else {
                    // Make sure the token is not staked
                    require(_stakeTimestamp != 0,
                        "ERC721G: _setStakeTimestamp() already unstaked");
                    
                    // Callibrate balances between stakingAddress and staker
                    unchecked {
                        _balanceData[_owner].balance++;
                        _balanceData[stakingAddress()].balance--;
                    }
                    
                    // we add total time staked to the token on unstake
                    uint32 _timeStaked = _getBlockTimestampCompressed() - _stakeTimestamp;
                    _tokenData[tokenId_].totalTimeStaked += _timeStaked;
        
                    // Emit Transfer event to trueOwner
                    emit Transfer(stakingAddress(), _owner, tokenId_);
                }
        
                // Set the stakeTimestamp to timestamp_
                _tokenData[tokenId_].stakeTimestamp = _compressTimestamp(timestamp_);
        
                // We save internal gas by returning the owner for a follow-up function
                return _owner;
            }
        
            /** @dev explanation:
             *  _stake() works like an extended function of _setStakeTimestamp()
             *  where the logic of _setStakeTimestamp() runs and returns the _owner address
             *  afterwards, we do the post-hook required processing to finish the staking logic 
             *  in this function.
             * 
             *  Processing logic explained in in-line comments.
             */
            function _stake(uint256 tokenId_) internal virtual returns (address) {
                // set the stakeTimestamp to block.timestamp and return the owner
                return _setStakeTimestamp(tokenId_, block.timestamp);
            }
        
            /** @dev explanation:
             *  _unstake() works like an extended unction of _setStakeTimestamp()
             *  where the logic of _setStakeTimestamp() runs and returns the _owner address
             *  afterwards, we do the post-hook required processing to finish the unstaking logic
             *  in this function.
             * 
             *  Processing logic explained in in-line comments.
             */
            function _unstake(uint256 tokenId_) internal virtual returns(address) {
                // set the stakeTimestamp to 0 and return the owner
                return _setStakeTimestamp(tokenId_, 0);
            }
        
            /** @dev explanation:
             *  _mintAndStakeInternal() is the internal mintAndStake function that is called
             *  to mintAndStake tokens to users. 
             * 
             *  It populates mintIndex with the phantom-mint data (owner, lastTransferTime)
             *  as well as the phantom-stake data (stakeTimestamp)
             * 
             *  Then, it emits the necessary phantom events to replicate the behavior as canon.
             * 
             *  Further logic explained in in-line comments.
             */
            function _mintAndStakeInternal(address to_, uint256 amount_) internal virtual {
                // we cannot mint to 0x0
                require(to_ != address(0), "ERC721G: _mintAndStakeInternal to 0x0");
        
                // we limit max mints per SSTORE to prevent expensive gas lookup
                require(amount_ <= maxBatchSize, 
                    "ERC721G: _mintAndStakeInternal over maxBatchSize");
        
                // process the required variables to write to mintIndex 
                uint256 _startId = tokenIndex;
                uint256 _endId = _startId + amount_;
                uint32 _currentTime = _getBlockTimestampCompressed();
        
                // write to the mintIndex to store the OwnerStruct for uninitialized tokenData
                mintIndex[_startId] = OwnerStruct(
                    to_, // the address the token is minted to
                    _currentTime, // the last transfer time
                    _currentTime, // the curent time of staking
                    0 // the accumulated time staked
                );
        
                unchecked { 
                    // we add the balance to the stakingAddress through our staking logic
                    _balanceData[stakingAddress()].balance += uint32(amount_);
        
                    // we add the mintedAmount to the to_ through our minting logic
                    _balanceData[to_].mintedAmount += uint32(amount_);
        
                    // emit phantom mint to to_, then emit a staking transfer
                    do { 
                        emit Transfer(address(0), to_, _startId);
                        emit Transfer(to_, stakingAddress(), _startId);
        
                        // /** @dev testing:
                        // *  emitting a TokenStaked event for testing
                        // */
                        // emit TokenStaked(_startId, to_, _currentTime);
        
                    } while (++_startId < _endId);
                }
        
                // set the new tokenIndex to the _endId
                tokenIndex = _endId;
            }
        
            /** @dev explanation: 
             *  _mintAndStake() calls _mintAndStakeInternal() but calls it using a while-loop
             *  based on the required minting amount to stay within the bounds of 
             *  max mints per batch (maxBatchSize)
             */
            function _mintAndStake(address to_, uint256 amount_) internal virtual {
                uint256 _amountToMint = amount_;
                while (_amountToMint > maxBatchSize) {
                    _amountToMint -= maxBatchSize;
                    _mintAndStakeInternal(to_, maxBatchSize);
                }
                _mintAndStakeInternal(to_, _amountToMint);
            }
        
            ///// ERC721G Range-Based Internal Minting Logic /////
            
            /** @dev explanation:
             *  _mintInternal() is our internal batch minting logic. 
             *  First, we store the uninitialized pointer at mintIndex of _startId
             *  Then, we process the balances changes
             *  Finally, we phantom-mint the tokens using Transfer events loop.
             */
            function _mintInternal(address to_, uint256 amount_) internal virtual {
                // cannot mint to 0x0
                require(to_ != address(0), "ERC721G: _mintInternal to 0x0");
        
                // we limit max mints to prevent expensive gas lookup
                require(amount_ <= maxBatchSize, 
                    "ERC721G: _mintInternal over maxBatchSize");
        
                // process the token id data
                uint256 _startId = tokenIndex;
                uint256 _endId = _startId + amount_;
        
                // push the required phantom mint data to mintIndex
                mintIndex[_startId].owner = to_;
                mintIndex[_startId].lastTransfer = _getBlockTimestampCompressed();
        
                // process the balance changes and do a loop to phantom-mint the tokens to to_
                unchecked { 
                    _balanceData[to_].balance += uint32(amount_);
                    _balanceData[to_].mintedAmount += uint32(amount_);
        
                    do { emit Transfer(address(0), to_, _startId); } while (++_startId < _endId);
                }
        
                // set the new token index
                tokenIndex = _endId;
            }
        
            /** @dev explanation:
             *  _mint() is the function that calls _mintInternal() using a while-loop
             *  based on the maximum batch size (maxBatchSize)
             */
            function _mint(address to_, uint256 amount_) internal virtual {
                uint256 _amountToMint = amount_;
                while (_amountToMint > maxBatchSize) {
                    _amountToMint -= maxBatchSize;
                    _mintInternal(to_, maxBatchSize);
                }
                _mintInternal(to_, _amountToMint);
            }
        
            /** @dev explanation:
             *  _transfer() is the internal function that transfers the token from_ to to_
             *  it has ERC721-standard require checks
             *  and then uses solmate-style approval clearing
             * 
             *  afterwards, it sets the _tokenData to the data of the to_ (transferee) as well as
             *  set the balanceData.
             *  
             *  this results in INITIALIZATION of the token, if it has not been initialized yet. 
             */
            function _transfer(address from_, address to_, uint256 tokenId_) internal virtual {
                // the from_ address must be the ownerOf
                require(from_ == ownerOf(tokenId_), "ERC721G: _transfer != ownerOf");
                // cannot transfer to 0x0
                require(to_ != address(0), "ERC721G: _transfer to 0x0");
        
                // delete any approvals
                delete getApproved[tokenId_];
        
                // set _tokenData to to_
                _tokenData[tokenId_].owner = to_;
                _tokenData[tokenId_].lastTransfer = _getBlockTimestampCompressed();
        
                // update the balance data
                unchecked { 
                    _balanceData[from_].balance--;
                    _balanceData[to_].balance++;
                }
        
                // emit a standard Transfer
                emit Transfer(from_, to_, tokenId_);
            }
        
            ///// ERC721G: User-Enabled Out-of-the-box Staking Functionality /////
            /** @dev clarification:
             *  As a developer, you DO NOT have to enable these functions, or use them
             *  in the way defined in this section. 
             * 
             *  The functions in this section are just out-of-the-box plug-and-play staking
             *  which is enabled IMMEDIATELY.
             *  (As well as some useful view-functions)
             * 
             *  You can choose to call the internal staking functions yourself, to create 
             *  custom staking logic based on the section (n-2) above.
             */
        
            /** @dev explanation:
             *  this is a staking function that receives calldata tokenIds_ array
             *  and loops to call internal _stake in a gas-efficient way 
             *  written in a shorthand-style syntax
             */
            function stake(uint256[] calldata tokenIds_) public virtual {
                uint256 i;
                uint256 l = tokenIds_.length;
                while (i < l) { 
                    // stake and return the owner's address
                    address _owner = _stake(tokenIds_[i]); 
                    // make sure the msg.sender is the owner
                    require(msg.sender == _owner, "You are not the owner!");
                    unchecked {++i;}
                }
            }
            /** @dev explanation:
             *  this is an unstaking function that receives calldata tokenIds_ array
             *  and loops to call internal _unstake in a gas-efficient way 
             *  written in a shorthand-style syntax
             */
            function unstake(uint256[] calldata tokenIds_) public virtual {
                uint256 i;
                uint256 l = tokenIds_.length;
                while (i < l) { 
                    // unstake and return the owner's address
                    address _owner = _unstake(tokenIds_[i]); 
                    // make sure the msg.sender is the owner
                    require(msg.sender == _owner, "You are not the owner!");
                    unchecked {++i;}
                }
            }
        
            ///// ERC721G: User-Enabled Out-of-the-box Staking View Functions /////
            /** @dev explanation:
             *  balanceOfStaked loops through the entire tokens using 
             *  startTokenId as the start pointer, and 
             *  tokenIndex (current-next tokenId) as the end pointer
             * 
             *  it checks if the _trueOwnerOf() is the address_ or not
             *  and if the owner() is not the address, indicating the 
             *  state that the token is staked.
             * 
             *  if so, it increases the balance. after the loop, it returns the balance.
             * 
             *  this is mainly for external view only. 
             *  !! NOT TO BE INTERFACED WITH CONTRACT WRITE FUNCTIONS EVER.
             */
            function balanceOfStaked(address address_) public virtual view 
            returns (uint256) {
                uint256 _balance;
                uint256 i = startTokenId;
                uint256 max = tokenIndex;
                while (i < max) {
                    if (ownerOf(i) != address_ && _trueOwnerOf(i) == address_) {
                        _balance++;
                    }
                    unchecked { ++i; }
                }
                return _balance;
            }
        
            /** @dev explanation:
             *  walletOfOwnerStaked calls balanceOfStaked to get the staked 
             *  balance of a user. Afterwards, it runs staked-checking logic
             *  to figure out the tokenIds that the user has staked
             *  and then returns it in walletOfOwner fashion.
             * 
             *  this is mainly for external view only.
             *  !! NOT TO BE INTERFACED WITH CONTRACT WRITE FUNCTIONS EVER.
             */
            function walletOfOwnerStaked(address address_) public virtual view
            returns (uint256[] memory) {
                uint256 _balance = balanceOfStaked(address_);
                uint256[] memory _tokens = new uint256[] (_balance);
                uint256 _currentIndex;
                uint256 i = startTokenId;
                while (_currentIndex < _balance) {
                    if (ownerOf(i) != address_ && _trueOwnerOf(i) == address_) {
                        _tokens[_currentIndex++] = i;
                    }
                    unchecked { ++i; }
                }
                return _tokens;
            }
        
            /** @dev explanation:
             *  balanceOf of the address returns UNSTAKED tokens only.
             *  to get the total balance of the user containing both STAKED and UNSTAKED tokens,
             *  we use this function. 
             * 
             *  this is mainly for external view only.
             *  !! NOT TO BE INTERFACED WITH CONTRACT WRITE FUNCTIONS EVER.
             */
            function totalBalanceOf(address address_) public virtual view returns (uint256) {
                return balanceOf(address_) + balanceOfStaked(address_);
            }
        
            /** @dev explanation:
             *  totalTimeStakedOfToken returns the accumulative total time staked of a tokenId
             *  it reads from the totalTimeStaked of the tokenId_ and adds it with 
             *  a calculation of pending time staked and returns the sum of both values.
             * 
             *  this is mainly for external view / use only.
             *  this function can be interfaced with contract writes.
             */
            function totalTimeStakedOfToken(uint256 tokenId_) public virtual view 
            returns (uint256) {
                OwnerStruct memory _OwnerStruct = _getTokenDataOf(tokenId_);
                uint256 _totalTimeStakedOnToken = _expandTimestamp(_OwnerStruct.totalTimeStaked);
                uint256 _totalTimeStakedPending = 
                    _OwnerStruct.stakeTimestamp > 0 ?
                    _expandTimestamp(
                        _getBlockTimestampCompressed() - _OwnerStruct.stakeTimestamp) : 
                        0;
        
                return _totalTimeStakedOnToken + _totalTimeStakedPending;
            }
        
            /** @dev explanation:
             *  totalTimeStakedOfTokens just returns an array of totalTimeStakedOfToken
             *  based on tokenIds_ calldata.
             *  
             *  this is mainly for external view / use only.
             *  this function can be interfaced with contract writes... however
             *  BE CAREFUL and USE IT CORRECTLY. 
             *  (dont pass in 5000 tokenIds_ in a write function)
             */
            function totalTimeStakedOfTokens(uint256[] calldata tokenIds_) public
            virtual view returns (uint256[] memory) {
                uint256 i;
                uint256 l = tokenIds_.length;
                uint256[] memory _totalTimeStakeds = new uint256[] (l);
                while (i < l) {
                    _totalTimeStakeds[i] = totalTimeStakedOfToken(tokenIds_[i]);
                    unchecked { ++i; }
                }
                return _totalTimeStakeds;
            }
        
            ///// ERC721G: ERC721 Standard Logic /////
            /** @dev clarification:
             *  no explanations here as these are standard ERC721 logics.
             *  the reason that we can use standard ERC721 logics is because
             *  the ERC721G logic is compartmentalized and supports internally 
             *  these ERC721 logics without any need of modification.
             */
            function _isApprovedOrOwner(address spender_, uint256 tokenId_) internal 
            view virtual returns (bool) {
                address _owner = ownerOf(tokenId_);
                return (
                    // "i am the owner of the token, and i am transferring it"
                    _owner == spender_
                    // "the token's approved spender is me"
                    || getApproved[tokenId_] == spender_
                    // "the owner has approved me to spend all his tokens"
                    || isApprovedForAll[_owner][spender_]);
            }
            
            /** @dev clarification:
             *  sets a specific address to be able to spend a specific token.
             */
            function _approve(address to_, uint256 tokenId_) internal virtual {
                getApproved[tokenId_] = to_;
                emit Approval(ownerOf(tokenId_), to_, tokenId_);
            }
        
            function approve(address to_, uint256 tokenId_) public virtual {
                address _owner = ownerOf(tokenId_);
                require(
                    // "i am the owner, and i am approving this token."
                    _owner == msg.sender 
                    // "i am isApprovedForAll, so i can approve this token too."
                    || isApprovedForAll[_owner][msg.sender],
                    "ERC721G: approve not authorized");
        
                _approve(to_, tokenId_);
            }
        
            function _setApprovalForAll(address owner_, address operator_, bool approved_) 
            internal virtual {
                isApprovedForAll[owner_][operator_] = approved_;
                emit ApprovalForAll(owner_, operator_, approved_);
            }
            function setApprovalForAll(address operator_, bool approved_) public virtual {
                // this function can only be used as self-approvalforall for others. 
                _setApprovalForAll(msg.sender, operator_, approved_);
            }
        
            function _exists(uint256 tokenId_) internal virtual view returns (bool) {
                return ownerOf(tokenId_) != address(0);
            }
        
            function transferFrom(address from_, address to_, uint256 tokenId_) public virtual {
                require(_isApprovedOrOwner(msg.sender, tokenId_),
                    "ERC721G: transferFrom unauthorized");
                _transfer(from_, to_, tokenId_);
            }
            function safeTransferFrom(address from_, address to_, uint256 tokenId_,
            bytes memory data_) public virtual {
                transferFrom(from_, to_, tokenId_);
                if (to_.code.length != 0) {
                    (, bytes memory _returned) = to_.call(abi.encodeWithSelector(
                        0x150b7a02, msg.sender, from_, tokenId_, data_));
                    bytes4 _selector = abi.decode(_returned, (bytes4));
                    require(_selector == 0x150b7a02, 
                        "ERC721G: safeTransferFrom to_ non-ERC721Receivable!");
                }
            }
            function safeTransferFrom(address from_, address to_, uint256 tokenId_) 
            public virtual {
                safeTransferFrom(from_, to_, tokenId_, "");
            }
        
            function supportsInterface(bytes4 iid_) public virtual view returns (bool) {
                return iid_ == 0x01ffc9a7 || iid_ == 0x80ac58cd || iid_ == 0x5b5e139f || iid_ == 0x7f5828d0; 
            }
        
            function walletOfOwner(address address_) public virtual view 
            returns (uint256[] memory) {
                uint256 _balance = balanceOf(address_);
                uint256[] memory _tokens = new uint256[] (_balance);
                uint256 _currentIndex;
                uint256 i = startTokenId;
                while (_currentIndex < _balance) {
                    if (ownerOf(i) == address_) { _tokens[_currentIndex++] = i; }
                    unchecked { ++i; }
                }
                return _tokens;
            }
        
            function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId_) public virtual view returns (string memory) {}
        
            // Proxy Padding
            bytes32[50] private proxyPadding;
        
        }
        
        abstract contract Minterable is Ownable {
            mapping(address => bool) public minters;
            modifier onlyMinter { require(minters[msg.sender], "Not Minter!"); _; }
            event MinterSet(address newMinter, bool status);
            function setMinter(address address_, bool bool_) external onlyOwner {
                minters[address_] = bool_;
                emit MinterSet(address_, bool_);
            }
        }
        
        contract GangsterAllStarEvolutionV2_1 is ERC721G, Ownable, Minterable {
        
            // Set the base ERC721G Constructor
            /// @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow constructor
            constructor() ERC721G("Gangster All Star: Evolution", "GAS:EVO", 1, 20) {}
        
            // Proxy Initializer Logic
            bool proxyIsInitialized;
            function proxyInitialize(address newOwner) external {
                require(!proxyIsInitialized);
                proxyIsInitialized = true;
                
                // Hardcode
                owner = newOwner;
                name = "Gangster All Star: Evolution";
                symbol = "GAS:EVO";
                tokenIndex = 1;
            }
        
            // On-Chain Generation Seed for Generative Art Generation
            bytes32 public generationSeed;
            function pullGenerationSeed() external onlyOwner {
                generationSeed = keccak256(abi.encodePacked(
                    block.timestamp, block.number, block.difficulty,
                    block.coinbase, block.gaslimit, blockhash(block.number)
                ));
            }
        
            // Define the NFT Constant Params
            uint256 public constant maxSupply = 7777;
        
            // Define NFT Global Params
            bool public stakingIsEnabled;
            bool public unstakingIsEnabled;
            function O_setStakingIsEnabled(bool bool_) external onlyOwner {
                stakingIsEnabled = bool_; }
            function O_setUnstakingIsEnabled(bool bool_) external onlyOwner {
                unstakingIsEnabled = bool_; }
        
            // Internal Overrides
            function _mint(address address_, uint256 amount_) internal override {
                require(maxSupply >= (totalSupply() + amount_),
                    "ERC721G: _mint(): exceeds maxSupply");
                ERC721G._mint(address_, amount_);
            }
        
            // Stake / Unstake Overrides for Future Compatibility
            function stake(uint256[] calldata tokenIds_) public override {
                require(stakingIsEnabled, "Staking functionality not enabled yet!");
                ERC721G.stake(tokenIds_);
            }
            function unstake(uint256[] calldata tokenIds_) public override {
                require(unstakingIsEnabled, "Unstaking functionality not enabled yet!");
                ERC721G.unstake(tokenIds_);
            }
        
            // Internal Functions
            function _mintMany(address[] memory addresses_, uint256[] memory amounts_)
            internal {
                require(addresses_.length == amounts_.length, "Array lengths mismatch!");
                for (uint256 i = 0; i < addresses_.length;) {
                    _mint(addresses_[i], amounts_[i]);
                    unchecked { ++i; }
                }
            }
        
            // Controllerable Minting
            function mintAsController(address to_, uint256 amount_) external onlyMinter {
                _mint(to_, amount_);
            }
            function mintAsControllerMany(address[] calldata tos_, uint256[] calldata amounts_)
            external onlyMinter {
                _mintMany(tos_, amounts_);
            }
        
            // Token URI Configurations
            string internal baseURI;
            string internal baseURI_EXT; 
        
            function O_setBaseURI(string calldata uri_) external onlyOwner {
                baseURI = uri_; 
            }
            function O_setBaseURI_EXT(string calldata ext_) external onlyOwner {
                baseURI_EXT = ext_; 
            }
            function _toString(uint256 value_) internal pure returns (string memory) {
                if (value_ == 0) { return "0"; }
                uint256 _iterate = value_; uint256 _digits;
                while (_iterate != 0) { _digits++; _iterate /= 10; }
                bytes memory _buffer = new bytes(_digits);
                while (value_ != 0) { _digits--; _buffer[_digits] = bytes1(uint8(
                    48 + uint256(value_ % 10 ))); value_ /= 10; }
                return string(_buffer); 
            }
            function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId_) public view override returns (string memory) {
                // PoS Merge-Safe
                if (block.chainid != 1) return "";
                return string(abi.encodePacked(baseURI, _toString(tokenId_), baseURI_EXT));
            }
        
            ///// Additional Helper Functions /////
            function isOwnerOfAll(address owner, uint256[] calldata tokenIds_) 
            external view returns (bool) {
                // Patch 2.1
                uint256 i;
                uint256 l = tokenIds_.length;
                unchecked { do {
                    if (ownerOf(tokenIds_[i]) != owner) return false;
                } while (++i < l); }
                return true;
            }
            function isTrueOwnerOfAll(address owner, uint256[] calldata tokenIds_) 
            external view returns (bool) {
                // Patch 2.1
                uint256 i;
                uint256 l = tokenIds_.length;
                unchecked { do {
                    if (_trueOwnerOf(tokenIds_[i]) != owner) return false;
                } while (++i < l); }
                return true;
            }
        
            // Proxy Padding
            bytes32[50] private proxyPadding;
        
        }